* lisp/simple.el (shell-command-on-region): Replace 'error' with 'user-error'.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob0559f4c0809165b40a20effff61cb5ece91c7a09
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21814 9129
69 ;;;;;; 380496 997000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21855 577
100 ;;;;;; 357945 168000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21670 32331 885635
112 ;;;;;; 586000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21853 45243
242 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21855 576 477946 398000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21855
841 ;;;;;; 576 417950 874000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21855 577 137948
900 ;;;;;; 458000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
955 ;;;;;; 725000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21670 32330 885624
1019 ;;;;;; 725000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21670 32330 885624
1041 ;;;;;; 725000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21862 60209 608658
1157 ;;;;;; 477000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21852 24382
1249 ;;;;;; 57264 475000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1484 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1569 ;;;;;; 725000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21853
1608 ;;;;;; 45243 381515 341000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21855 576 477946
1660 ;;;;;; 398000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook #'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook #'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1806 ;;;;;; 568000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;***
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21855 577 517944
1879 ;;;;;; 90000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;***
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;***
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 What is blackbox?
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2023 Overview of play:
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 Details:
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 49947 232670
2127 ;;;;;; 676000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318 ;;;***
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2321 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2367 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2372 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2386 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2387 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2388 says which browser to use.
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2423 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2431 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2432 new tab in an existing window instead.
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2442 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2444 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2445 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2452 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2453 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2551 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2553 When called interactively, if variable
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2555 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2556 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2557 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2560 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2561 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2563 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2564 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2574 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2583 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2584 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2592 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2593 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2594 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2595 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2601 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2602 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2603 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2606 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2607 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2608 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2611 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2616 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2617 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2618 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2619 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2620 current one.
2622 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2623 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2624 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2625 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2627 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2628 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2634 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2635 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2636 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2637 don't offer a form of remote control.
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2641 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2642 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2643 Default to the URL around or before point.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2649 Default to the URL around the point.
2651 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2652 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2654 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2655 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2657 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2659 ;;;***
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2662 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2663 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2665 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2666 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2667 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2668 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2670 \(fn)" t nil)
2672 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2673 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2674 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2675 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2677 \(fn)" t nil)
2679 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2680 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2682 \(fn)" t nil)
2684 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2685 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2686 \\<bs-mode-map>
2687 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2688 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2689 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2690 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2692 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2693 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2694 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2695 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2696 name of buffer configuration.
2698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2700 ;;;***
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2703 ;;;;;; 720000))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2706 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2707 Play Bubbles game.
2708 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2709 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2710 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2711 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2712 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2713 columns on its right towards the left.
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2718 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2720 \(fn)" t nil)
2722 ;;;***
2724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2728 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2730 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2731 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2738 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2739 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2743 ;;;***
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21855
2746 ;;;;;; 576 747949 136000))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2748 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2752 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2754 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2755 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2756 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2757 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2758 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2759 else the global value will be modified.
2761 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2763 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2764 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2765 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2766 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2767 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2768 else the global value will be modified.
2770 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2772 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2773 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2774 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2776 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2779 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2780 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2781 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2783 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2784 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2785 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2786 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2787 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2788 before scanning it.
2790 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2791 that already has a `.elc' file.
2793 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2794 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2797 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2798 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2799 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2800 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2801 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2803 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2806 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2807 Print the result in the echo area.
2808 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2812 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2814 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2816 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2819 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2820 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2821 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2822 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2823 all functions called by those functions.
2825 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2826 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2827 cons, etc.).
2829 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2830 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2831 invoked interactively.
2833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2836 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2837 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2838 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2840 \(fn)" nil nil)
2842 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2843 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2844 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2845 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2846 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2848 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2849 already up-to-date.
2851 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2853 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2854 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2855 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2856 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2858 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2859 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2860 and corresponding effects.
2862 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2864 ;;;***
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2870 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2872 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2874 ;;;***
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2877 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2880 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2882 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2884 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2886 ;;;***
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2889 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2892 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2893 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2894 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2895 from the cursor position.
2897 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2899 ;;;***
2901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21855 576 517945 858000))
2902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2903 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2905 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2910 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2911 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2913 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2921 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2922 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2923 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2925 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2928 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2929 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2930 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2932 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2935 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2936 This is most useful in the X window system.
2937 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2938 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 See calc-keypad for details.
2946 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2949 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2953 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2954 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2956 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2959 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2961 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2963 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2964 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2965 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2967 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2969 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2970 Define Calc function.
2972 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2973 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2974 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2976 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2977 actual Lisp function name.
2979 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2981 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2983 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2985 ;;;***
2987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2988 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2991 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2994 \(fn N)" t nil)
2996 ;;;***
2998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21850 35126 597287
2999 ;;;;;; 693000))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3002 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3003 Run the Emacs calculator.
3004 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3006 \(fn)" t nil)
3008 ;;;***
3010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21852 24381
3011 ;;;;;; 457257 198000))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3014 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3015 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3016 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3017 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3018 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3019 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3021 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3022 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3023 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3024 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3025 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3026 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3027 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3028 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3029 window.
3031 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3032 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3034 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3035 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3036 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3037 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3038 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3039 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3041 Runs the following hooks:
3043 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3044 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3045 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3046 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3052 ;;;***
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3055 ;;;;;; 49000))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3058 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3059 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3061 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3063 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3064 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3066 it fails.
3068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3070 ;;;***
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21855
3073 ;;;;;; 577 387944 393000))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3076 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3077 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3079 \(fn)" nil nil)
3081 ;;;***
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21855 577
3084 ;;;;;; 397944 786000))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3087 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3088 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3091 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3093 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3100 made from scratch.
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3147 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3148 variables are guessed:
3150 * `c-basic-offset', and
3151 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3152 `c-offsets-alist'.
3154 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3157 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3158 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3162 guess is made from scratch.
3164 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3165 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3171 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3174 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3175 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3176 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3178 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3180 ;;;***
3182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21861 39358
3183 ;;;;;; 537945 535000))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3186 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3204 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3206 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3207 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3208 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3209 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3213 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3214 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3216 Key bindings:
3217 \\{c-mode-map}
3219 \(fn)" t nil)
3221 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3224 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{c++-mode-map}
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3240 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3243 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{objc-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3259 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Java code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3262 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{java-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3278 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{idl-mode-map}
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3296 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3298 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3304 message.
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3311 Key bindings:
3312 \\{pike-mode-map}
3314 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3321 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3324 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3325 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3326 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3330 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3331 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3333 Key bindings:
3334 \\{awk-mode-map}
3336 \(fn)" t nil)
3338 ;;;***
3340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3341 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3344 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3346 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3347 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3349 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3351 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3352 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3353 might get set too.
3355 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3356 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3357 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3358 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3359 in this way.
3361 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3362 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3363 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3364 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3365 a null operation.
3367 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3369 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3371 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3372 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3374 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3376 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3377 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3378 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3380 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3382 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3383 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3384 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3385 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3386 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3388 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3390 ;;;***
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3393 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3395 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3399 ;;;***
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3402 ;;;;;; 991000))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3405 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3406 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3408 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3410 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3411 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3413 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3415 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3416 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3418 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3419 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3420 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3421 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3422 execution.
3424 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3426 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3428 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3429 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3431 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3432 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3434 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3436 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3437 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3438 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3439 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3440 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3441 `write' commands.
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3444 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3445 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3446 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3448 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3449 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3450 semantics.
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3454 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3456 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3458 STATEMENT :=
3459 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3460 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3462 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3463 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3464 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3465 | integer
3467 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3470 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3471 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3473 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3474 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3475 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3477 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3479 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3480 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3481 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3482 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3483 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3484 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3485 ;; last STATEMENT.
3486 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3488 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3489 BREAK := (break)
3491 REPEAT :=
3492 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3493 (repeat)
3494 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3495 ;; (repeat))
3496 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3497 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3498 ;; (read REG)
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3506 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3507 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3508 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3509 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3510 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3511 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3513 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3514 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3516 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3517 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3518 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3519 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3520 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3521 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3523 WRITE :=
3524 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3525 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3526 ;; representation.
3527 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3528 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3529 ;; (write r7))
3530 | (write EXPRESSION)
3531 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3532 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3533 ;; representation.
3534 | (write integer)
3535 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3536 ;; buffer.
3537 | (write string)
3538 ;; Same as: (write string)
3539 | string
3540 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3541 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3542 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; representation.
3544 | (write REG ARRAY)
3545 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3546 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3547 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3548 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3549 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3550 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3552 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3553 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3555 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3556 END := (end)
3558 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3559 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3560 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3562 ARG := REG | integer
3564 OPERATOR :=
3565 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3566 + | - | * | / | %
3568 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 | & | `|' | ^
3571 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3572 | << | >>
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3576 | <8
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3581 | >8
3583 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3585 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3586 | //
3588 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3591 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3592 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3595 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3596 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3597 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3598 | de-sjis
3600 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3601 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3602 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3603 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3604 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3605 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3606 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3607 ;; byte of SJIS.
3608 | en-sjis
3610 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Same meaning as C code
3612 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3614 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3615 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3616 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3617 | <8=
3619 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3620 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3621 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3623 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3625 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3626 | //=
3628 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3631 TRANSLATE :=
3632 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3633 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3634 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3635 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3636 ;; respectively.
3637 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3638 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3639 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3640 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3642 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3643 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3648 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3649 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3650 ;; respectively.
3651 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3652 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3655 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3656 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3657 ;; REG.
3658 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3659 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3660 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3662 MAP :=
3663 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3664 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3665 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3666 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3668 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3669 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3670 MAP-ID := integer
3672 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3674 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3676 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3677 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3678 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3679 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3680 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3681 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3683 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3685 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3686 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3687 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3689 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3691 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3693 ;;;***
3695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3696 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3699 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3700 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3701 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3702 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3704 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3706 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3708 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3709 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3711 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3713 ;;;***
3715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3716 ;;;;;; 725000))
3717 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3718 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3720 ;;;***
3722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21695 35516
3723 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3725 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3727 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3729 There are no special keybindings by default.
3731 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3732 to the action header.
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3736 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3740 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3741 to the action header.
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3745 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3748 \(fn)" t nil)
3750 ;;;***
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21841 54062
3753 ;;;;;; 162628 940000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3757 ;;;***
3759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3760 ;;;;;; (21855 576 747949 136000))
3761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3763 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3764 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3765 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3767 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3769 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3770 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3771 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3773 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3775 ;;;***
3777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21862
3778 ;;;;;; 60209 647465 565000))
3779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3780 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3793 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3802 \(fn)" t nil)
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3832 \(fn)" t nil)
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3847 a separate buffer.
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3871 if there is one.
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3960 \(fn)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3976 ;;;***
3978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
3979 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3980 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3982 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3983 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3984 Return the length of resulting text.
3986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3989 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3993 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3994 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3995 Return the length of resulting text.
3997 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3999 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4000 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4002 \(fn)" t nil)
4004 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4007 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4009 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4012 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4014 ;;;***
4016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4017 ;;;;;; 725000))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4020 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4021 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4022 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4023 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4024 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4025 editing and the result is evaluated.
4027 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4029 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4030 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4031 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4032 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4033 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4035 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4039 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4040 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4041 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4042 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4043 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4045 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4046 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4047 \\{command-history-map}
4049 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4050 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4052 \(fn)" t nil)
4054 ;;;***
4056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21855
4057 ;;;;;; 576 767950 442000))
4058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4060 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4061 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4062 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4063 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4064 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4065 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4066 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4067 of this function.
4069 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4070 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4071 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4072 property are:
4074 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4075 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4077 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4078 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4079 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4080 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4081 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4082 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4083 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4084 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4085 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4086 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4087 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4088 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4090 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4091 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4092 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4094 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4095 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4096 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4097 list elements are:
4099 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4101 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4103 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4105 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4106 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4108 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4109 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4111 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4112 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4113 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4114 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4115 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4116 value specified by their associated list element.
4118 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4120 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4121 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4122 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4124 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4125 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4126 * indent the first argument by 4.
4127 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4128 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4129 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4131 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4132 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4133 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4134 instead.
4136 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4138 ;;;***
4140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21843 55159
4141 ;;;;;; 639401 629000))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4143 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4145 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4147 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4148 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4149 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4150 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4151 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4152 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4154 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4155 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4157 ;;;***
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21828 42028
4160 ;;;;;; 650494 471000))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4178 ;;;***
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21670 32330 885624
4181 ;;;;;; 725000))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4199 ;;;***
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4218 ;;;***
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21810 12071 401207 648000))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4282 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4284 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4285 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4286 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4287 directory tracking functions.")
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4299 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4301 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4303 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to current process.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4310 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4317 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4319 ;;;***
4321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21855 577 527945
4322 ;;;;;; 248000))
4323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4325 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4326 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4327 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4328 to get another window.
4330 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4331 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4333 This command pushes the mark in each window
4334 at the prior location of point in that window.
4335 If both windows display the same buffer,
4336 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4337 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4339 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4340 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4341 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4342 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4343 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4344 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4345 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4346 ignored.
4348 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4349 this command work in interlaced mode:
4350 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4351 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4352 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4354 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4356 ;;;***
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21850 34915
4359 ;;;;;; 107315 406000))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4362 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4363 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4367 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4368 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4369 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4373 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4374 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4375 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4377 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4379 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4380 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4381 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4382 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4383 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4385 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4386 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4387 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4388 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4389 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4392 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4394 describing how the process finished.")
4396 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4397 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4398 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4399 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4400 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4402 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4403 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4404 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4408 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4409 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4410 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4411 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4415 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4416 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4418 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4419 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4421 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4422 (lambda ()
4423 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4424 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4425 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4426 (concat \"make -k \"
4427 (if buffer-file-name
4428 (shell-quote-argument
4429 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4431 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4432 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4434 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4435 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4436 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4437 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4441 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4442 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4443 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4444 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4446 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4447 and move to the source code that caused it.
4449 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4450 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4452 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4453 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4454 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4455 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4456 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4458 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4459 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4460 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4461 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4463 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4464 kills its subprocesses.
4466 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4467 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4468 to a function that generates a unique name.
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4472 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4473 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4474 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4475 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4477 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4478 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4480 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4481 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4482 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4483 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4485 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4486 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4487 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4489 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4491 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4493 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4494 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4495 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4496 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4497 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4499 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4501 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4503 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4505 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4507 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4508 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4510 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4511 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4513 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4514 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4515 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4516 See `compilation-mode'.
4518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4520 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4521 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4523 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4524 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4526 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4527 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4528 `compilation-mode'.
4530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4532 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4533 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4534 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4536 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4538 ;;;***
4540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4541 ;;;;;; 989000))
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4544 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4545 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4546 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4549 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4551 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4553 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4554 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4556 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4557 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4561 ;;;***
4563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4564 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4567 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4568 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4569 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4570 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4571 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4572 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4573 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4575 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4576 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4577 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4579 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4580 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4581 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4583 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4584 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4585 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4586 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4588 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4589 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4590 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4591 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4592 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4593 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4594 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4596 \\{conf-mode-map}
4598 \(fn)" t nil)
4600 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4602 Comments start with `#'.
4603 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4605 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4607 \[Desktop Entry]
4608 Encoding=UTF-8
4609 Name=The GIMP
4610 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4611 Name[cs]=GIMP
4613 \(fn)" t nil)
4615 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4617 Comments start with `;'.
4618 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4620 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4622 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4623 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4624 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4626 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4627 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4632 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4633 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4634 between `/*' and `*/'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4638 // another kind of comment
4639 /* yet another */
4641 name:value
4642 name=value
4643 name value
4644 x.1 =
4645 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4646 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4652 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4653 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4654 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4655 `conf-space-keywords'.
4656 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4657 in an interactive fashion instead.
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4661 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4663 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4664 image/png png
4665 image/tiff tiff tif
4667 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4668 class desktop
4669 # Standard multimedia devices
4670 add /dev/audio desktop
4671 add /dev/mixer desktop
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4676 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4677 See `conf-space-mode'.
4679 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4681 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4683 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4686 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4688 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4689 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4693 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4694 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4695 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4696 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4698 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4700 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4701 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4703 \(fn)" t nil)
4705 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4707 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4708 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4710 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4712 *background: gray99
4713 *foreground: black
4715 \(fn)" t nil)
4717 ;;;***
4719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4720 ;;;;;; 720000))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4723 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4724 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4725 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4726 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4727 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4728 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4732 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4733 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4734 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4735 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4740 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4741 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4742 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4744 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4746 ;;;***
4748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4749 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4751 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4752 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4753 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4756 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4757 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4758 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4759 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4760 following the copyright are updated as well.
4761 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4762 interactively.
4764 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4766 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4767 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4768 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4769 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4770 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4772 \(fn)" t nil)
4774 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4775 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4777 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4780 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4781 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4783 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4785 ;;;***
4787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21862
4788 ;;;;;; 60209 828658 75000))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4837 bite if angry;
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4842 to nil.)
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4858 if (A) { B }
4860 into
4862 B if A;
4864 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4889 man via menu.
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4966 with no args.
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4977 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4982 \(fn)" t nil)
4984 ;;;***
4986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21670 32331 385639
4987 ;;;;;; 720000))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5003 ;;;***
5005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
5006 ;;;;;; 725000))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5009 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5010 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5011 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5012 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5013 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5014 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5015 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5016 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5018 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5019 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5021 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5022 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5023 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5025 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5026 with empty strings removed.
5028 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5030 ;;;***
5032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21811 32939
5033 ;;;;;; 200500 777000))
5034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5036 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5037 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5039 \(fn)" t nil)
5040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5042 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5043 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5045 \(fn)" t nil)
5047 ;;;***
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5050 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5053 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5054 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5055 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5058 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5060 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5062 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5063 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5065 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5066 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5068 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5069 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5070 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5071 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5072 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5073 normal function of these prefix keys.
5075 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5076 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5077 options:
5078 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5079 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5080 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5082 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5083 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5084 the prefix fallback behavior.
5086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5088 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5089 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5091 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5093 ;;;***
5095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5096 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5099 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5100 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5101 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5105 ;;;***
5107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5108 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5111 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5112 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5116 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5117 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5118 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5119 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5120 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5121 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5122 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5126 ;;;***
5128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21855 576 647952
5129 ;;;;;; 330000))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5132 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5133 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5135 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5137 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5138 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5140 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5142 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5147 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5148 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5150 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5151 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5154 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5156 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5158 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5161 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5162 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5164 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5165 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5168 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5170 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5171 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5173 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5175 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5177 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5178 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5179 Return VALUE.
5181 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5182 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5184 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5185 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5187 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5188 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5190 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5192 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5194 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5195 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5196 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5197 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5199 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5200 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5201 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5203 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5205 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5206 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5207 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5208 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5209 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5211 \(fn)" t nil)
5213 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5214 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5215 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5216 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5218 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5220 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5221 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5222 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5224 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5226 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5229 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5231 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5233 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5236 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5238 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5240 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5242 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5244 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5246 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5247 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5248 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5249 as part of Emacs itself.
5251 Each elements looks like this:
5253 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5255 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5256 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5257 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5258 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5259 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5260 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5261 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5262 and `defface'.
5264 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5266 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5267 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5268 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5269 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5270 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5272 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5273 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5274 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5275 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5277 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5279 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5280 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5281 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5282 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5283 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5284 release.
5286 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5287 that were added or redefined since that version.
5289 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5291 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5293 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5294 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5296 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5298 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5299 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5301 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5304 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5305 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5307 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5308 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5310 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5315 \(fn)" t nil)
5317 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5318 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5320 \(fn)" t nil)
5322 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all saved options and faces.
5325 \(fn)" t nil)
5327 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5329 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5330 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5331 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5332 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5334 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5335 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5336 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5338 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5340 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5341 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5343 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5348 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5353 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5356 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5357 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5358 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5360 \(fn)" nil nil)
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5367 that option.
5368 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5370 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5372 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5373 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5374 The result includes selecting that window.
5375 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5376 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5377 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5378 that option.
5380 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5382 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5383 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5385 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5387 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5388 File used for storing customization information.
5389 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5390 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5391 it should be an absolute file name.
5393 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5394 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5395 something like the following in your init file:
5397 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5398 \(load custom-file)
5400 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5401 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5403 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5404 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5405 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5406 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5407 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5409 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5410 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5411 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5412 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5413 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5414 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5415 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5416 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5417 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5418 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5420 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5422 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5423 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5425 \(fn)" nil nil)
5427 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5428 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5430 \(fn)" t nil)
5432 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5433 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5434 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5436 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5438 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5439 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5440 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5441 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5442 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5444 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5446 ;;;***
5448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21862 60209 618658
5449 ;;;;;; 448000))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5452 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Create or edit a custom theme.
5454 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5455 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5456 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5457 from the Custom save file.
5458 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5459 named *Custom Theme*.
5461 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5463 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5464 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5466 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5468 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5469 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5471 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5473 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5474 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5475 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5476 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5478 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5480 ;;;***
5482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5483 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5486 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5487 Mode used for cvs status output.
5489 \(fn)" t nil)
5491 ;;;***
5493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5494 ;;;;;; 720000))
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5496 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5498 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5499 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5501 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5503 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5504 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5505 C++ modes are included.
5507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5508 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5509 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5513 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5515 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5516 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5517 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5520 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5522 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5524 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5525 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5526 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5527 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5528 ARG is omitted or nil.
5530 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5531 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5532 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5536 ;;;***
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5539 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5542 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5543 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5545 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5547 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5548 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5550 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5552 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5553 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5554 For readability, the table is slightly
5555 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5557 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5558 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5559 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5560 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5561 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5563 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5565 ;;;***
5567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5568 ;;;;;; 725000))
5569 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5570 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5571 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5572 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5573 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5575 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5576 Completion on current word.
5577 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5578 and presents suggestions for completion.
5580 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5581 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5582 completions.
5584 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5585 then it searches *all* buffers.
5587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5589 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5590 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5592 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5593 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5594 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5595 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5596 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5598 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5599 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5601 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5602 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5603 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5605 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5606 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5608 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5612 ;;;***
5614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5615 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5616 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5618 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5619 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5621 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5623 ;;;***
5625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21855 577 147947 107000))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5628 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5629 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5630 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5631 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5632 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5634 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5636 ;;;***
5638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5639 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5642 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5643 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5645 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5646 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5649 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5650 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5651 Data lines are not indented.
5653 Key bindings:
5655 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5656 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5658 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5659 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5660 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5661 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5663 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5665 dcl-basic-offset
5666 Extra indentation within blocks.
5668 dcl-continuation-offset
5669 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5671 dcl-margin-offset
5672 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5674 dcl-margin-label-offset
5675 Indentation for a label.
5677 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5678 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5680 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5681 dcl-block-end-regexp
5682 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5683 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5684 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5685 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5686 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5688 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5689 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5690 Two such functions are included in the package:
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5694 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5695 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5696 One such function is included in the package:
5697 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5699 dcl-tab-always-indent
5700 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5701 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5702 margin.
5704 dcl-electric-characters
5705 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5706 typed.
5708 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5709 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5710 which words trigger electric indentation.
5712 dcl-tempo-comma
5713 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5714 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5715 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5717 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5718 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5719 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5720 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5722 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5723 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5724 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5725 dcl-imenu-label-call
5726 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5728 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5729 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5730 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5731 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5734 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5736 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5737 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5738 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5739 $ i = 1
5740 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5741 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5742 $ label:
5743 $ if i.eq.1
5744 $ then
5745 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5746 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5747 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5748 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5749 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5750 \"lined up with the command line\"
5751 $ type sys$input
5752 Data lines are not indented at all.
5753 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5754 $ endif
5758 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5759 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5761 \(fn)" t nil)
5763 ;;;***
5765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21855 576 767950
5766 ;;;;;; 442000))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5769 (setq debugger 'debug)
5771 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5772 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5773 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5774 of the evaluator.
5776 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5777 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5778 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5780 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5782 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5783 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5785 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5787 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5788 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5789 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5790 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5791 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5792 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5794 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5795 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5797 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5799 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5800 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5801 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5802 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5803 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5805 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5807 ;;;***
5809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21799 41767
5810 ;;;;;; 31221 635000))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5813 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5814 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5816 \(fn)" t nil)
5818 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5819 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5820 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5821 Upper-case letters are commands.
5823 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5824 modify it.
5826 The most useful commands are:
5827 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5828 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5829 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5830 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5831 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5832 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5834 \(fn)" t nil)
5836 ;;;***
5838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5839 ;;;;;; 725000))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5841 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5843 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5844 Customization of `columns' group.
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5848 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5849 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5851 START and END delimits the text region.
5853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5855 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5856 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5858 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5860 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5862 ;;;***
5864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5867 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5869 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5870 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5871 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5874 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5876 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5878 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5879 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5881 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5882 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5884 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5885 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5886 point regardless of any selection.
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5890 ;;;***
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21703 29629
5893 ;;;;;; 608890 826000))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5896 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5897 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5899 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5901 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5902 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5903 or nil if there is no parent.
5904 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5905 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5906 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5907 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5908 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5910 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5911 arguments are currently understood:
5912 :group GROUP
5913 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5914 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5915 :syntax-table TABLE
5916 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5917 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5918 :abbrev-table TABLE
5919 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5920 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5922 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5924 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5926 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5927 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5928 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5930 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5931 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5933 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5934 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5935 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5937 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5938 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5940 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5941 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5943 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5945 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5947 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5949 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5951 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5952 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5953 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5954 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5955 the first time the mode is used.
5957 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5959 ;;;***
5961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21862 60209 618658
5962 ;;;;;; 448000))
5963 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5965 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5966 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5967 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5968 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5969 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5970 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5971 otherwise.
5973 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5975 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5976 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5977 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5978 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5980 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5981 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5982 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5984 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5985 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5986 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5987 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5988 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5989 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5990 relevant to POS.
5992 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5995 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5997 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5998 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5999 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6000 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6001 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6002 minibuffer window for width limit.
6004 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6005 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6007 \(fn)" nil nil)
6009 ;;;***
6011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21860 18496 17962 857000))
6012 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6014 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6015 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6016 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6018 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6019 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6021 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6023 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6024 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6025 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6026 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6027 is omitted or nil.
6029 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6030 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6031 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6032 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6034 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6035 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6037 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6038 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6040 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6042 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6046 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6047 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6048 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6049 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6051 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6053 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6054 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6056 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6057 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6058 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6060 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6061 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6063 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6064 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6065 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6067 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6068 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6069 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6070 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6072 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6074 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6075 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6077 Handlers are called with argument list
6079 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6081 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6083 `desktop-file-version'
6084 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6085 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6086 `desktop-buffer-point'
6087 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6088 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6089 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6091 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6092 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6094 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6095 code like
6097 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6099 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6100 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6102 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6103 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6104 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6106 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6108 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6109 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6110 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6111 List elements must have the form
6113 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6115 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6116 function.
6118 Handlers are called with argument list
6120 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6122 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6124 `desktop-file-version'
6125 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6126 `desktop-buffer-name'
6127 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6128 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6129 `desktop-buffer-point'
6130 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6131 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6132 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6134 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6135 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6136 created and set.
6138 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6139 code like
6141 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6143 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6144 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6146 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6147 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6148 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6150 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6152 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6154 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6155 Empty the Desktop.
6156 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6157 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6158 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6159 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6160 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6161 if different).
6163 \(fn)" t nil)
6165 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6166 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6167 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6168 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6169 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6170 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6171 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6173 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6175 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6176 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6177 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6179 \(fn)" t nil)
6181 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6182 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6183 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6184 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6185 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6186 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6187 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6188 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6190 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6192 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6193 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6194 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6196 \(fn)" nil nil)
6198 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6200 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6201 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6202 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6203 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6204 directory DIRNAME.
6206 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6209 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6211 \(fn)" t nil)
6213 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6214 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6218 ;;;***
6220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6221 ;;;;;; 285000))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6224 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6225 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6226 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6227 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6228 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6229 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6231 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6233 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6234 Repair a broken attribution line.
6235 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6237 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6239 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6240 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6241 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6242 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6244 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6246 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6247 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6249 \(fn)" t nil)
6251 ;;;***
6253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21855
6254 ;;;;;; 576 517945 858000))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6257 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6258 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6259 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6260 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6261 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6265 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6266 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6267 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6268 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6270 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6271 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6272 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6273 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6275 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6276 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6278 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6279 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6280 calendar-date-style 'european
6281 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6283 \(diary-mail-entries)
6285 # diary-rem.el ends here
6287 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6289 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6290 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6292 \(fn)" t nil)
6294 ;;;***
6296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6299 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6300 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6302 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6304 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6305 The command to use to run diff.")
6307 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6309 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6310 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6311 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6312 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6313 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6314 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6316 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6317 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6318 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6320 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6322 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6323 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6324 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6325 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6326 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6327 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6329 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6331 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6332 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6334 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6336 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6337 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6338 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6340 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6342 ;;;***
6344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21798 20907
6345 ;;;;;; 11218 42000))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6348 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6349 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6350 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6351 normal diffs.
6353 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6354 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6355 headers for you on-the-fly.
6357 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6358 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6359 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6361 \\{diff-mode-map}
6363 \(fn)" t nil)
6365 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6366 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6371 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6375 ;;;***
6377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6378 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6380 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6381 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6382 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6384 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6386 ;;;***
6388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21855 576 727950 398000))
6389 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6391 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6392 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6393 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6394 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6395 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6396 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6397 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6398 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6400 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6402 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6403 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6404 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6405 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6406 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6407 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6409 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6410 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6411 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6412 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6413 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6414 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6415 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6416 list of files to make directory entries for.
6417 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6418 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6419 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6421 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6423 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6424 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6426 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6427 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6429 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6430 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6432 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6433 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6435 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6437 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6438 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6440 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6442 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6443 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6444 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6445 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6446 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6447 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6448 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6449 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6450 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6451 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6452 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6453 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6454 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6455 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6456 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6457 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6458 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6459 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6460 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6461 to see why something went wrong.
6462 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6463 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6464 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6465 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6466 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6467 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6468 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6469 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6470 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6471 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6472 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6473 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6474 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6476 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6477 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6478 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6479 again for the directory tree.
6481 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6482 for more info):
6484 `dired-listing-switches'
6485 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6486 `dired-marker-char'
6487 `dired-del-marker'
6488 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6489 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6490 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6491 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6493 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6495 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6496 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6497 `dired-mode-hook'
6498 `dired-load-hook'
6500 Keybindings:
6501 \\{dired-mode-map}
6503 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6504 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6506 ;;;***
6508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21855 576 727950
6509 ;;;;;; 398000))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6512 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6513 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6518 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6519 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6520 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6522 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6523 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6524 directory.
6526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6528 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6529 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6530 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6531 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6532 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6533 from `default-directory'.
6535 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6537 ;;;***
6539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6540 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6543 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6544 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6545 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6546 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6547 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6548 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6550 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6552 ;;;***
6554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6555 ;;;;;; 725000))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6558 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6559 Return a new, empty display table.
6561 \(fn)" nil nil)
6563 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6564 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6565 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6566 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6567 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6569 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6571 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6572 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6573 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6574 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6575 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6577 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6579 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6580 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6582 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6585 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6587 \(fn)" t nil)
6589 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6590 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6592 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6593 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6595 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6596 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6597 byte.
6599 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6600 in the default way after this call.
6602 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6604 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6605 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6607 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6609 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6610 Display character C using printable string S.
6612 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6614 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6615 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6616 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6617 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6619 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6621 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6622 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6623 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6624 X frame.
6626 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6628 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6629 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6631 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6633 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6634 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6636 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6638 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6639 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6641 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6643 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6644 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6646 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6648 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6649 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6651 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6654 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6656 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6657 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6659 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6660 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6662 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6663 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6664 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6665 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6667 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6668 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6669 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6670 in `.emacs'.
6672 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6674 ;;;***
6676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6677 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6680 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6681 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6682 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6683 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6684 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6685 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6686 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6687 Default is 2.
6689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6691 ;;;***
6693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6694 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6696 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6697 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6698 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6699 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6700 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6701 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6702 private or ask).
6703 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6704 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6705 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6706 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6707 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6709 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6711 ;;;***
6713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6714 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6717 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6718 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6719 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6720 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6721 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6722 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6723 table and its own syntax table.
6725 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6727 \(fn)" t nil)
6728 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6730 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6731 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6733 \(fn)" t nil)
6735 ;;;***
6737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6738 ;;;;;; 27000))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6741 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6742 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6743 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6744 OpenDocument format).
6746 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6748 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6749 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6751 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6752 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6754 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6755 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6756 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6761 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6762 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6763 to the next best mode.
6765 \(fn)" nil nil)
6767 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6768 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6770 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6771 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6773 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6777 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6780 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6782 ;;;***
6784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6785 ;;;;;; 720000))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6788 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6789 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6791 \(fn)" t nil)
6793 ;;;***
6795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6796 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6798 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6799 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6804 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6805 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6809 ;;;***
6811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21841 54062 172628
6812 ;;;;;; 227000))
6813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6814 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6816 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6817 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6819 \(fn)" t nil)
6821 ;;;***
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21732
6824 ;;;;;; 29888 498897 471000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6827 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6829 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6830 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6831 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6832 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6833 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6835 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6836 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6837 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6838 and disables it otherwise.
6840 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6841 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6842 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6843 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6845 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6846 documenting what its argument does.
6848 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6849 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6850 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6851 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6852 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6853 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6854 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6855 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6857 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6858 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6859 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6860 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6861 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6862 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6863 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6864 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6865 the minor mode is global):
6867 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6868 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6869 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6870 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6871 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6872 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6873 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6874 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6875 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6876 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6877 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6878 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6879 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6880 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6881 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6882 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6883 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6884 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6885 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6886 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6887 in :variable).
6889 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6890 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6892 For example, you could write
6893 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6894 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6895 ...BODY CODE...)
6897 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6899 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6901 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6903 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6905 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6907 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6908 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6909 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6910 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6911 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6912 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6913 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6914 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6915 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6916 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6917 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6918 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6920 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6921 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6922 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6923 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6924 call another major mode in their body.
6926 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6927 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6928 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6930 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6932 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6934 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6935 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6936 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6937 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6938 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6939 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6940 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6942 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6944 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6945 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6946 :inherit Parent keymap.
6947 :group Ignored.
6948 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6949 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6951 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6953 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6954 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6955 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6956 the constant's documentation.
6958 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6960 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6961 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6962 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6964 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6966 ;;;***
6968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
6969 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6972 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6973 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6974 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6975 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6977 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6978 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6979 as a top-level menu bar item.
6981 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6982 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6983 pairs:
6985 :filter FUNCTION
6986 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6987 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6988 items to actually display.
6990 :visible INCLUDE
6991 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6992 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6993 alias for `:visible'.
6995 :active ENABLE
6996 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6997 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6998 an alias for `:active'.
7000 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7001 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7003 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7005 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7007 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7008 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7010 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7011 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7013 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7015 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7017 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7018 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7020 :keys KEYS
7021 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7022 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7023 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7024 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7026 :key-sequence KEYS
7027 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7028 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7029 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7030 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7032 :active ENABLE
7033 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7034 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7035 alias for `:active'.
7037 :visible INCLUDE
7038 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7039 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7040 `:visible'.
7042 :label FORM
7043 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7044 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7046 :suffix FORM
7047 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7048 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7050 :style STYLE
7051 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7052 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7053 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7055 :selected SELECTED
7056 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7057 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7059 :help HELP
7060 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7062 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7063 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7064 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7066 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7067 MENU. This is a submenu.
7069 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7071 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7073 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7076 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7078 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7079 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7080 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7081 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7083 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7085 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7086 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7087 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7088 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7089 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7090 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7092 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7093 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7094 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7096 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7097 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7098 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7100 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7101 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7103 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7105 ;;;***
7107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7108 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7110 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7112 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7113 Customization for ebnf group.
7115 \(fn)" t nil)
7117 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7118 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7120 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7122 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7123 processed.
7125 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7127 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7129 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7130 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7132 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7133 killed after process termination.
7135 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7137 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7139 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7142 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7143 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7144 it to the printer.
7146 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7147 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7148 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7149 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7155 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7157 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7162 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7164 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7165 processed.
7167 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7169 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7172 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7174 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7175 killed after process termination.
7177 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7179 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7183 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7184 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7186 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7188 \(fn)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7192 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7194 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7196 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7201 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7203 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7204 processed.
7206 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7213 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7214 killed after EPS generation.
7216 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7218 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7223 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7224 The EPS file name has the following form:
7226 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7228 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7229 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7231 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7232 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7233 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7234 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7235 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7237 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7238 files.
7240 \(fn)" t nil)
7242 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7243 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7245 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7246 The EPS file name has the following form:
7248 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7250 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7251 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7253 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7254 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7255 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7256 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7257 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7259 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7260 files.
7262 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7264 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7269 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7271 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7272 are processed.
7274 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7276 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7281 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7282 killed after syntax checking.
7284 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7286 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7296 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7301 \(fn)" nil nil)
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7308 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7315 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Delete style NAME.
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7322 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7327 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7329 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7331 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7332 Set STYLE as the current style.
7334 Returns the old style symbol.
7336 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7338 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7340 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7341 Reset current style.
7343 Returns the old style symbol.
7345 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7347 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7352 Returns the old style symbol.
7354 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7356 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7358 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7361 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7363 Returns the old style symbol.
7365 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7367 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7369 \(fn)" t nil)
7371 ;;;***
7373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7374 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7378 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7379 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7380 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7381 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7382 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7384 Tree mode key bindings:
7385 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7390 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7395 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7400 View declaration of member at point.
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7405 Find declaration of member at point.
7407 \(fn)" t nil)
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7410 View definition of member at point.
7412 \(fn)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7415 Find definition of member at point.
7417 \(fn)" t nil)
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7420 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7425 View definition of member at point in other window.
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7430 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7435 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7440 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7445 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7450 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7451 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7452 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7453 completion.
7455 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7458 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7459 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7460 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7462 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7465 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7466 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7467 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7469 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7472 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7473 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7478 Search for call sites of a member.
7479 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7480 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7481 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7482 looks like a function call to the member.
7484 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7486 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7487 Move backward in the position stack.
7488 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7490 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7492 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7493 Move forward in the position stack.
7494 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7496 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7499 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7504 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7506 \(fn)" t nil)
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7509 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7510 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7511 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7513 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7516 Display statistics for a class tree.
7518 \(fn)" t nil)
7520 ;;;***
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7523 ;;;;;; 725000))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7526 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7527 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7528 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7529 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7530 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7531 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7532 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7534 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7536 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7537 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7538 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7539 also has this effect.
7540 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7541 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7542 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7543 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7544 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7545 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7546 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7547 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7548 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7549 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7553 ;;;***
7555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7556 ;;;;;; 725000))
7557 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7559 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7560 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7561 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7563 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7565 ;;;***
7567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7568 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7571 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7574 \(fn)" nil nil)
7576 ;;;***
7578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21834 29303 521933 754000))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7580 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7582 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7583 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7584 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7587 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7589 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7591 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7592 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7593 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7594 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7595 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7597 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7598 an EDE controlled project.
7600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7602 ;;;***
7604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21857 42300
7605 ;;;;;; 387957 585000))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7608 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7609 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7610 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7611 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7612 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7614 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7615 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7616 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7617 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7619 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7621 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7622 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7623 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7624 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7626 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7628 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7629 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7630 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7631 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7633 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7635 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7637 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7638 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7639 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7640 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7641 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7643 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7644 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7645 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7646 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7647 instrumented for Edebug.
7649 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7650 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7651 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7652 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7653 already is one.)
7655 \(fn)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7658 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7660 \(fn)" t nil)
7662 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7663 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7665 \(fn)" t nil)
7667 ;;;***
7669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7671 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7673 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7676 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7678 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7679 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7681 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7683 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7685 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7687 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7688 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7689 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7690 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7692 \(fn)" t nil)
7694 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7695 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7696 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7697 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7699 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7701 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7702 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7704 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7706 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7708 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7709 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7711 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7713 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7717 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7718 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7720 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7724 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7725 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7726 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7727 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7729 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7731 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7735 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7736 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7738 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7740 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7744 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7745 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7747 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7749 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7752 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7753 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7754 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7755 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7756 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7758 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7762 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7763 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7765 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7767 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7771 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7772 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7774 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7776 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7778 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7780 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7781 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7782 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7783 follows:
7784 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7785 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7787 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7790 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7791 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7792 follows:
7793 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7794 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7796 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7800 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7801 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7802 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7804 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7808 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7809 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7810 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7811 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7813 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7815 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7818 Merge two files without ancestor.
7820 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7823 Merge two files with ancestor.
7825 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7827 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7829 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7830 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7832 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7835 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7837 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7841 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7842 buffer.
7844 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7848 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7849 buffer.
7851 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7854 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7855 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7856 and don't ask the user.
7857 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7858 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7860 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7862 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7863 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7864 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7865 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7866 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7867 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7868 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7869 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7871 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7873 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7875 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7879 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7880 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7881 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7885 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7887 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7888 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7889 When called interactively, displays the version.
7891 \(fn)" t nil)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7894 Display Ediff's manual.
7895 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7897 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7902 \(fn)" nil nil)
7904 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7907 \(fn)" nil nil)
7909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7912 \(fn)" nil nil)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7917 \(fn)" nil nil)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7922 \(fn)" nil nil)
7924 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7927 \(fn)" nil nil)
7929 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7932 \(fn)" nil nil)
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7937 \(fn)" nil nil)
7939 ;;;***
7941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21861 5946
7942 ;;;;;; 771514 868000))
7943 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7945 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7950 ;;;***
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7953 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7956 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7957 Display Ediff's registry.
7959 \(fn)" t nil)
7961 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7963 ;;;***
7965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21852 24382
7966 ;;;;;; 97237 703000))
7967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7969 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7970 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7971 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7972 which see.
7974 \(fn)" t nil)
7976 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7977 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7978 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7979 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7981 \(fn)" t nil)
7983 ;;;***
7985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 41766 961230
7986 ;;;;;; 875000))
7987 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7988 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7990 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7991 Edit a keyboard macro.
7992 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7993 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7994 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7995 its command name.
7996 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7998 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8000 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8001 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8003 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8005 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8006 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8008 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8010 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8011 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8012 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8013 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8014 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8015 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8017 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8018 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8019 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8020 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8022 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8024 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8025 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8026 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8027 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8028 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8029 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8031 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8033 ;;;***
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
8036 ;;;;;; 725000))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8039 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8040 Set scroll margins.
8041 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8042 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8044 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8046 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8047 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8049 \(fn)" t nil)
8051 ;;;***
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8056 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8057 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8058 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8059 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8060 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8061 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8062 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8064 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8065 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8067 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8068 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8069 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8070 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8072 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8073 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8074 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8076 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8077 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8078 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8080 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8082 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8085 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8087 ;;;***
8089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21862 60482
8090 ;;;;;; 430808 412000))
8091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8092 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8094 ;;;***
8096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21827
8097 ;;;;;; 47608 610495 897000))
8098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8099 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8101 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8102 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8103 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8104 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8105 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8106 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8107 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8109 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8111 ;;;***
8113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21811 32939 170488
8114 ;;;;;; 968000))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8117 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8118 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8120 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8121 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8122 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8124 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8126 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8127 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8128 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8131 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8133 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8135 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8136 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8141 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8142 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8143 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8144 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8149 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8153 ;;;***
8155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8156 ;;;;;; 725000))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8159 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8160 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8162 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8163 an elided material again.
8165 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8169 ;;;***
8171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21853 45243
8172 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
8173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8175 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8176 Lint the file FILE.
8178 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8180 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8181 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8182 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8184 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8187 Lint the current buffer.
8188 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8192 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8193 Lint the function at point.
8194 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8196 \(fn)" t nil)
8198 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8199 Initialize elint.
8200 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8201 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8203 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8205 ;;;***
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8208 ;;;;;; 725000))
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8211 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8212 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8213 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8215 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8217 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8218 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8219 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8220 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8222 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8224 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8225 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8226 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8228 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8230 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8232 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8233 Display current profiling results.
8234 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8235 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8236 displayed.
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8240 ;;;***
8242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8243 ;;;;;; 725000))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8246 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8247 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8248 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8249 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8250 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8251 ARG is omitted or nil.
8253 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8254 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8255 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8256 used instead.
8258 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8260 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8261 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8262 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8264 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8268 ;;;***
8270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21814 9129 290493
8271 ;;;;;; 495000))
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8274 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8275 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8276 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8278 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8280 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8282 ;;;***
8284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8285 ;;;;;; 42000))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8288 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8289 Run Emerge on two files.
8291 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8294 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8296 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8298 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8299 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8301 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8304 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8306 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8308 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8311 \(fn)" nil nil)
8313 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8316 \(fn)" nil nil)
8318 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8321 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8323 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8326 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8328 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8329 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8331 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8334 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8336 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8338 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8341 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8343 ;;;***
8345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8346 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8349 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8350 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8351 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8352 text/enriched format.
8354 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8355 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8356 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8358 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8360 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8361 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8363 Commands:
8365 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8369 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8372 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8374 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8377 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8379 ;;;***
8381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8384 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8385 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8387 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8389 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8390 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8392 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8394 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8395 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8396 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8397 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8398 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8399 the keys are listed.
8400 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8402 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8405 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8406 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8408 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8410 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8411 Verify FILE.
8413 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8415 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8416 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8418 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8420 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8421 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8423 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8425 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8426 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8428 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8429 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8430 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8431 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8433 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8434 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8435 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8436 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8437 should consider using the string based counterpart
8438 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8439 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8441 For example:
8443 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8444 (decode-coding-string
8445 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8446 'utf-8))
8448 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8450 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8451 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8453 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8454 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8456 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8458 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8460 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8461 Verify the current region between START and END.
8463 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8464 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8465 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8466 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8467 should consider using the string based counterpart
8468 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8469 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8471 For example:
8473 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8474 (decode-coding-string
8475 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8476 'utf-8))
8478 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8480 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8482 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8484 between START and END.
8486 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8487 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8491 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8493 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8494 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8496 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8497 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8498 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8499 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8500 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8501 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8503 For example:
8505 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8506 (epg-sign-string
8507 context
8508 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8510 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8512 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8514 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8515 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8517 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8518 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8519 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8520 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8521 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8522 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8524 For example:
8526 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8527 (epg-encrypt-string
8528 context
8529 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8530 nil))
8532 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8534 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8536 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8537 Delete selected KEYS.
8539 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8541 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8542 Import keys from FILE.
8544 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8546 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8547 Import keys from the region.
8549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8551 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8552 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8553 between START and END.
8555 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8557 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8558 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8560 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8563 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8565 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8567 ;;;***
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8570 ;;;;;; 725000))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8573 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8574 Decrypt marked files.
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8578 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8579 Verify marked files.
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8584 Sign marked files.
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8589 Encrypt marked files.
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8593 ;;;***
8595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8596 ;;;;;; 725000))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8599 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8602 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8614 ;;;***
8616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8617 ;;;;;; 725000))
8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8620 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8621 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8623 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8624 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8628 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8629 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8630 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8636 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8637 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8638 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8640 \(fn)" t nil)
8642 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8644 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8645 Sign the current buffer.
8646 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8648 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8650 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8652 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8653 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8654 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8655 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8656 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8657 and also whether and how to sign.
8659 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8660 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8661 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8663 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8665 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8668 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8669 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8673 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8675 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8676 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8677 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8680 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8682 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8684 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8685 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8687 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8688 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8692 ;;;***
8694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21802 17960 412629 175000))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8696 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8698 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8699 Return a context object.
8701 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8703 ;;;***
8705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21670 32330 885624
8706 ;;;;;; 725000))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8709 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8710 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8712 \(fn)" nil nil)
8714 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8715 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8717 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8719 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8720 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8722 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8724 ;;;***
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21862 60209 688658 322000))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8728 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8730 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8731 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8733 \(fn)" nil nil)
8735 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8736 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8737 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8739 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8741 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8742 (server (erc-compute-server))
8743 (port (erc-compute-port))
8744 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8745 password
8746 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8748 That is, if called with
8750 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8752 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8753 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8754 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8756 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8758 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8760 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8761 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8762 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8764 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8766 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8767 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8768 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8769 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8771 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8773 ;;;***
8775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8776 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8778 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8780 ;;;***
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8783 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8785 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8787 ;;;***
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8790 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8792 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8794 ;;;***
8796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8797 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8799 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8801 ;;;***
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21696 56380 925320
8804 ;;;;;; 624000))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8808 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8809 Parser for /dcc command.
8810 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8811 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8812 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8814 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8817 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8819 \(fn)" nil nil)
8821 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8822 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8824 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8825 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8826 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8827 that subcommand.
8829 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8831 ;;;***
8833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8836 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8838 ;;;***
8840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8841 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8842 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8844 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8847 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8851 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8852 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8854 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8856 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8859 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8861 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8862 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8864 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8866 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8867 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8869 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8872 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8874 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8876 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8877 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8879 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8881 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8882 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8884 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8886 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8887 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8889 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8891 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8892 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8894 \(fn)" nil nil)
8896 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8897 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8899 \(fn)" nil nil)
8901 ;;;***
8903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8904 ;;;;;; 725000))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8906 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8908 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8909 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8910 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8912 \(fn)" nil nil)
8914 ;;;***
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8917 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8919 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8921 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8922 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8923 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8924 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8925 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8926 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8927 system.
8929 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8931 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8934 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8936 ;;;***
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8939 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8942 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8945 \(fn)" nil nil)
8947 ;;;***
8949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8950 ;;;;;; 725000))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8952 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8954 ;;;***
8956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8957 ;;;;;; 725000))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8959 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8961 ;;;***
8963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
8964 ;;;;;; 725000))
8965 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8966 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8968 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8969 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8970 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8971 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8972 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8973 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8975 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8977 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8978 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8979 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8980 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8982 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8983 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8984 automatically.
8986 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8987 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8989 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
8994 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8998 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8999 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9001 \(fn)" t nil)
9003 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9004 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9006 \(fn)" t nil)
9008 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9009 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9011 \(fn)" t nil)
9013 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9014 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9018 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9019 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9021 \(fn)" t nil)
9023 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9024 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9026 \(fn)" t nil)
9028 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9029 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9031 \(fn)" t nil)
9033 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9034 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9036 \(fn)" t nil)
9038 ;;;***
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9041 ;;;;;; 725000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9045 ;;;***
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9048 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9052 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9053 Show who's gone.
9055 \(fn)" nil nil)
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9060 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9064 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9065 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9066 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9068 \(fn)" nil nil)
9070 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9071 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9073 \(fn)" t nil)
9075 ;;;***
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9078 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9082 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9083 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9084 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9085 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9087 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9089 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9092 \(fn)" nil nil)
9094 ;;;***
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9097 ;;;;;; 725000))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9101 ;;;***
9103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9104 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9108 ;;;***
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9111 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9113 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9115 ;;;***
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9118 ;;;;;; 725000))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9122 ;;;***
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9125 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9129 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9130 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9132 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9134 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9135 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9136 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9138 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9140 ;;;***
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9143 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9147 ;;;***
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9150 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9153 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9154 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9155 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9157 \(fn)" t nil)
9159 ;;;***
9161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9162 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9164 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9166 ;;;***
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9169 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9173 ;;;***
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9176 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9179 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9180 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9181 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9183 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9185 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9186 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9191 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9192 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9193 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9194 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9197 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9199 ;;;***
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9202 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9206 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9207 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9208 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9209 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9211 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9213 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9214 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9215 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9219 ;;;***
9221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9222 ;;;;;; 725000))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9226 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9227 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9229 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9231 ;;;***
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21843 54898 597238
9234 ;;;;;; 876000))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9237 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9238 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9240 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9241 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9243 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9244 useful for assertions in BODY.
9246 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9248 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9249 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9250 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9252 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9254 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9256 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9258 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9260 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9262 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9263 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9265 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9266 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9267 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9268 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9270 Returns the stats object.
9272 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9274 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9275 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9277 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9278 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9279 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9280 the tests).
9282 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9284 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9285 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9287 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9288 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9289 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9290 and how to display message.
9292 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9294 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9296 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9297 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9299 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9301 ;;;***
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9304 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9307 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9309 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9310 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9312 \(fn)" t nil)
9314 ;;;***
9316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21861 39358
9317 ;;;;;; 497944 643000))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9320 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9321 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9323 \(fn)" t nil)
9325 ;;;***
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9328 ;;;;;; 725000))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9330 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9332 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9333 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9334 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9335 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9336 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9337 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9338 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9339 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9340 buffer selected (or created).
9342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9345 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9346 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9348 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9350 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9351 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9352 The result might be any Lisp object.
9353 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9354 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9355 corresponding to a successful execution.
9357 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9359 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9361 ;;;***
9363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21866 57262 677944
9364 ;;;;;; 752000))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9367 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9368 File name of tags table.
9369 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9370 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9371 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9372 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9373 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9375 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9376 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9377 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9378 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9380 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9382 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9383 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9384 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9385 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9386 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9387 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9389 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9391 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9392 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9393 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9395 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9397 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9398 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9399 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9400 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9401 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9403 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9405 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9406 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9407 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9408 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9410 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9412 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9413 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9414 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9415 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9416 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9418 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9420 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9421 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9423 \(fn)" t nil)
9425 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9426 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9427 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9428 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9430 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9431 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9432 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9433 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9434 file the tag was in.
9436 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9438 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9439 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9440 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9441 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9442 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9443 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9444 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9445 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9446 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9448 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9450 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9451 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9452 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9453 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9454 without directory names.
9456 \(fn)" nil nil)
9458 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9461 \(fn)" nil nil)
9462 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9463 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9464 (progn
9465 (load "etags")
9466 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9468 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9469 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9470 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9471 but does not select the buffer.
9472 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9474 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9475 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9476 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9477 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9478 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9480 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9482 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9483 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9484 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9486 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9488 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9490 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9493 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9495 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9496 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9497 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9498 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9499 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9501 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9503 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9504 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9505 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9507 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9509 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9511 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9513 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9514 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9515 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9516 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9517 around or before point.
9519 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9520 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9521 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9522 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9523 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9525 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9527 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9528 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9529 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9531 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9533 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9535 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9537 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9538 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9539 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9540 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9541 around or before point.
9543 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9544 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9545 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9546 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9547 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9549 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9551 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9552 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9553 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9555 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9557 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9559 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9561 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9562 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9563 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9565 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9566 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9567 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9568 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9569 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9571 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9573 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9574 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9575 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9577 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9579 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9581 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9583 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9585 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9586 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9588 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9589 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9590 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9592 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9593 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9595 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9596 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9598 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9600 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9601 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9602 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9603 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9605 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9606 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9607 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9608 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9609 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9611 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9613 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9615 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9616 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9617 Stops when a match is found.
9618 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9620 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9621 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9622 restricted to these files.
9624 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9626 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9628 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9629 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9630 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9631 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9632 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9633 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9634 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9635 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9637 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9638 produce the list of files to search.
9640 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9642 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9645 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9646 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9647 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9648 directory specification.
9650 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9652 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9653 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9655 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9657 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9659 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9660 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9661 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9662 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9666 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9667 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9668 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9669 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9670 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9672 \(fn)" t nil)
9674 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9677 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9679 ;;;***
9681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9682 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9685 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9688 \(fn)" nil nil)
9690 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9691 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9693 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9694 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9696 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9697 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9698 primary language.
9700 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9701 even if the buffer is read-only.
9703 See also the descriptions of the variables
9704 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9706 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9709 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9711 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9712 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9714 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9715 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9716 primary language.
9718 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9719 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9721 See also the descriptions of the variables
9722 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9724 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9726 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9727 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9728 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9729 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9731 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9734 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9735 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9736 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9738 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9739 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9740 primary language.
9742 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9743 buffer is read-only.
9745 See also the descriptions of the variables
9746 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9747 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9749 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9751 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9752 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9754 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9755 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9757 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9758 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9759 the primary language.
9761 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9762 buffer is read-only.
9764 See also the descriptions of the variables
9765 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9766 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9768 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9771 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9772 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9774 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9776 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9777 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9779 \(fn)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9782 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9784 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9785 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9786 be 1, 2, or 3.
9788 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9789 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9790 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9792 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9794 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9796 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9797 This function is deprecated.
9799 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9801 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9802 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9804 \(fn)" t nil)
9806 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9809 \(fn)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9814 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9815 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9817 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9818 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9820 \(fn)" nil nil)
9822 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9823 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9825 \(fn)" nil nil)
9827 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9828 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9830 \(fn)" nil nil)
9832 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9833 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9835 \(fn)" nil nil)
9837 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9838 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9839 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9841 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9846 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9848 ;;;***
9850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9853 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9854 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9855 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9856 server for future sessions.
9858 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9860 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9861 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9862 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9864 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9866 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9867 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9868 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9870 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9873 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9874 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9875 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9876 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9877 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9878 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9879 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9880 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9881 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9882 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9883 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9885 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9887 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9888 Display a form to query the directory server.
9889 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9890 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9892 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9895 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9896 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9900 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9902 ;;;***
9904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9905 ;;;;;; 752000))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9908 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9909 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9911 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9913 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9914 Display URL and make it clickable.
9916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9918 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9919 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9921 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9923 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9924 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9926 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9928 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9929 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9931 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9933 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9934 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9936 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9938 ;;;***
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9941 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9944 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9945 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9946 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9948 \(fn)" t nil)
9950 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9951 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9953 \(fn)" t nil)
9955 ;;;***
9957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9958 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9961 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9962 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9964 \(fn)" t nil)
9966 ;;;***
9968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9969 ;;;;;; 725000))
9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9972 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9973 Create an empty ewoc.
9975 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9977 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9978 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9979 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9980 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9981 `insert-before-markers'.
9983 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9984 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9985 respectively, of the ewoc.
9987 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9988 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9989 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9991 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9993 ;;;***
9995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9998 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
9999 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10000 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10001 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10002 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10004 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10006 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10007 Fetch URL and render the page.
10008 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10009 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10011 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10012 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10014 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10015 Render FILE using EWW.
10017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10019 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10020 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10021 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10023 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10025 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10026 Mode for browsing the web.
10028 \(fn)" t nil)
10030 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10033 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10035 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10036 Display the bookmarks.
10038 \(fn)" t nil)
10040 ;;;***
10042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21670
10043 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10046 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10047 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10048 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10050 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10052 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10053 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10054 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10055 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10056 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10058 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10060 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10061 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10062 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10063 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10064 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10065 executable.
10067 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10070 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10071 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10073 \(fn)" t nil)
10075 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10076 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10077 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10078 file modes.
10080 \(fn)" nil nil)
10082 ;;;***
10084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10087 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10088 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10089 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10090 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10092 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10094 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10095 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10096 to generate such functions.
10098 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10099 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10100 beginning of the expanded text.
10102 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10103 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10104 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10105 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10107 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10109 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10111 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10112 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10113 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10115 \(fn)" nil nil)
10117 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10118 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10119 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10123 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10124 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10125 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10127 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10129 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10131 ;;;***
10133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21862 60209 828658
10134 ;;;;;; 75000))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10137 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10138 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10139 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10141 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10142 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10143 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10145 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10147 Key definitions:
10148 \\{f90-mode-map}
10150 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10152 `f90-do-indent'
10153 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10154 `f90-if-indent'
10155 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10156 `f90-type-indent'
10157 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10158 `f90-program-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10160 (default 2).
10161 `f90-associate-indent'
10162 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10163 `f90-critical-indent'
10164 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10165 `f90-continuation-indent'
10166 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10167 `f90-comment-region'
10168 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10169 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10170 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10171 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10172 (default \"!\").
10173 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10174 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10175 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10176 `f90-break-delimiters'
10177 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10178 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10179 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10180 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10181 (default t).
10182 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10183 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10184 `f90-smart-end'
10185 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10186 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10187 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10188 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10189 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10190 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10191 `f90-leave-line-no'
10192 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10194 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10195 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10197 \(fn)" t nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21855 576 807944
10202 ;;;;;; 863000))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10205 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10206 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10207 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10208 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10210 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10211 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10212 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10213 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10214 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10216 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10217 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10218 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10219 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10220 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10221 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10222 attributes.
10224 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10225 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10227 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10229 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10230 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10231 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10232 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10234 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10236 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10237 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10238 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10239 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10241 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10242 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10243 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10245 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10246 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10247 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10248 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10250 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10252 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10253 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10254 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10256 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10257 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10258 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10259 the same amount).
10261 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10264 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10265 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10267 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10268 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10269 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10270 will remove any scaling currently active.
10272 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10274 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10275 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10276 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10278 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10279 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10280 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10281 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10282 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10284 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10285 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10287 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10289 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10290 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10292 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10293 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10294 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10296 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10297 the face height as long as the input event read
10298 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10305 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10306 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10307 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10308 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10309 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10311 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10313 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10314 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10316 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10317 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10318 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10323 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10324 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10325 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10326 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10327 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10328 `buffer-face-mode'.
10330 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10331 local, and sets it to FACE.
10333 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10335 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10336 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10337 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10338 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10339 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10340 `face' text property.
10342 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10343 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10344 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10345 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10347 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10348 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10350 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10352 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10353 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10354 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10355 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10359 ;;;***
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10362 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10364 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10366 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10367 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10368 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10369 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10371 \(fn)" nil nil)
10373 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10374 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10378 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10379 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10380 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10381 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10386 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10387 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10388 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10389 backup file names and the like).
10391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10393 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10394 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10395 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10396 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10397 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10398 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10399 internally by feedmail):
10401 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10402 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10403 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10404 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10406 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10407 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10408 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10409 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10410 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10412 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10414 ;;;***
10416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21837 20508 21231 579000))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10419 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10420 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10421 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10422 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10423 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10424 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10425 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10427 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10430 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10431 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10432 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10433 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10434 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10435 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10439 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10441 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10442 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10443 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10444 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10445 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10446 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10448 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10450 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10451 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10452 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10453 Return value:
10454 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10455 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10456 * otherwise, nil
10458 \(fn E)" t nil)
10460 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10461 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10462 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10464 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10466 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10467 Try to get a file name at point.
10468 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10472 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10473 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10475 \(fn)" t nil)
10477 ;;;***
10479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10480 ;;;;;; 125000))
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10483 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10484 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10485 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10486 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10488 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10490 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10491 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10492 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10493 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10494 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10495 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10497 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10499 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10500 Add FILE to the file cache.
10502 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10504 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10505 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10506 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10508 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10510 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10511 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10512 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10514 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10517 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10518 This function does not use any external programs.
10519 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10520 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10521 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10523 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10525 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10526 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10527 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10528 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10529 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10530 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10531 \(directories) is done.
10533 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10535 ;;;***
10537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10538 ;;;;;; 752000))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10541 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10542 Handle file system monitoring event.
10543 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10545 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10547 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10549 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10551 ;;;***
10553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21670 32330 885624
10554 ;;;;;; 725000))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10557 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10558 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10560 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10561 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10562 Local Variables list.
10564 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10565 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10566 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10568 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10570 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10571 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10573 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10575 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10576 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10578 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10579 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10580 the -*- line.
10582 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10583 then this function adds it.
10585 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10587 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10588 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10590 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10592 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10593 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10595 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10597 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10598 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10600 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10602 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10603 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10605 \(fn)" t nil)
10607 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10608 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10610 \(fn)" t nil)
10612 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10613 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10615 \(fn)" t nil)
10617 ;;;***
10619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10620 ;;;;;; 725000))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10623 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10624 Filesets initialization.
10625 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10627 \(fn)" nil nil)
10629 ;;;***
10631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10632 ;;;;;; 725000))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10634 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10636 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10637 Initiate the building of a find command.
10638 For example:
10640 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10641 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10642 (mtime \"+1\"))
10643 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10645 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10646 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10648 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10650 ;;;***
10652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10653 ;;;;;; 725000))
10654 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10656 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10657 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10658 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10660 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10662 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10663 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10665 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10667 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10668 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10669 and run Dired on those files.
10670 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10671 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10673 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10675 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10677 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10679 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10680 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10681 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10683 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10684 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10686 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10687 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10689 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10691 ;;;***
10693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10694 ;;;;;; 725000))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10697 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10698 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10699 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10700 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10701 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10702 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10703 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10705 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10707 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10708 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10709 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10711 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10713 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10715 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10717 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10718 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10719 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10721 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10722 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10724 Variables of interest include:
10726 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10727 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10728 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10730 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10731 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10732 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10734 - `ff-ignore-include'
10735 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10737 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10738 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10740 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10741 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10743 - `ff-special-constructs'
10744 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10745 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10746 extracting the filename from that construct.
10748 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10749 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10751 - `ff-search-directories'
10752 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10753 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10755 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10756 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10758 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10759 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10761 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10762 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10764 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10765 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10767 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10768 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10770 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10772 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10773 Visit the file you click on.
10775 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10777 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10778 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10780 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10782 ;;;***
10784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21700
10785 ;;;;;; 53432 444919 658000))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10788 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10789 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10790 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10792 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10794 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10795 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10796 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10797 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10799 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10800 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10801 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10802 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10804 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10806 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10807 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10809 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10810 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10811 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10812 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10814 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10815 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10816 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10818 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10819 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10820 in `load-path'.
10822 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10824 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10825 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10827 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10828 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10829 places point before the definition.
10830 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10832 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10833 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10834 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10836 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10838 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10839 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10841 See `find-function' for more details.
10843 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10845 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10846 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10848 See `find-function' for more details.
10850 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10852 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10853 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10855 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10856 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10857 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10859 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10860 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10862 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10864 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10865 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10867 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10868 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10869 places point before the definition.
10871 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10873 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10874 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10875 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10877 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10879 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10880 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10882 See `find-variable' for more details.
10884 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10886 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10887 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10889 See `find-variable' for more details.
10891 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10893 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10894 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10895 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10896 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10897 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10898 buffer nor display it.
10900 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10901 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10903 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10906 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10908 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10909 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10910 places point before the definition.
10912 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10914 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10915 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10916 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10918 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10920 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10921 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10922 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10924 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10926 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10927 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10929 \(fn)" t nil)
10931 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10932 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10934 \(fn)" t nil)
10936 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10937 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10939 \(fn)" nil nil)
10941 ;;;***
10943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10944 ;;;;;; 725000))
10945 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10947 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10948 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10950 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10952 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10953 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10955 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10957 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10958 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10960 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10962 ;;;***
10964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21862 60209 708661 34000))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10966 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10968 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10969 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10973 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10974 Display FILE's commentary section.
10975 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10977 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10979 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10980 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10982 \(fn)" t nil)
10984 ;;;***
10986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
10987 ;;;;;; 725000))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10990 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10991 Toggle flow control handling.
10992 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10993 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10995 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10997 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10998 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10999 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11000 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11001 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11002 to get the effect of a C-q.
11004 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11006 ;;;***
11008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11009 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11012 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11017 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11020 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11022 ;;;***
11024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21670 32331
11025 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11027 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11029 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11030 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11032 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11033 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11034 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11038 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11039 Turn flymake mode on.
11041 \(fn)" nil nil)
11043 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11044 Turn flymake mode off.
11046 \(fn)" nil nil)
11048 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11051 \(fn)" nil nil)
11053 ;;;***
11055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21750 59840
11056 ;;;;;; 704617 663000))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11059 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11060 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11062 \(fn)" t nil)
11063 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11065 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11066 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11071 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11072 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11073 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11075 Bindings:
11076 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11077 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11078 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11079 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11081 Hooks:
11082 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11084 Remark:
11085 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11086 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11087 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11089 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11090 consider adding:
11091 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11092 in your init file.
11094 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11095 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11099 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11100 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11102 \(fn)" nil nil)
11104 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11105 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11107 \(fn)" nil nil)
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11110 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11112 \(fn)" nil nil)
11114 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11115 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11117 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11119 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11120 Flyspell whole buffer.
11122 \(fn)" t nil)
11124 ;;;***
11126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11127 ;;;;;; 35000))
11128 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11129 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11131 ;;;***
11133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11136 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11137 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11139 \(fn)" nil nil)
11141 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11142 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11144 \(fn)" nil nil)
11146 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11147 Toggle Follow mode.
11148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11150 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11152 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11153 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11155 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11156 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11157 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11159 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11160 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11161 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11162 movement commands.
11164 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11165 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11166 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11167 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11168 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11169 mileage may vary).
11171 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11172 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11174 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11176 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11178 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11179 \\{follow-mode-map}
11181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11183 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11184 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11186 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11187 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11188 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11189 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11190 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11191 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11193 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11194 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11195 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11199 ;;;***
11201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11202 ;;;;;; 742000))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11204 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11206 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11207 Toggle Footnote mode.
11208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11212 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11213 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11214 play around with the following keys:
11215 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11219 ;;;***
11221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21852 24381 567240 49000))
11222 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11224 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11225 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11227 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11228 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11229 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11230 C-c < forms-first-record <
11231 C-c > forms-last-record >
11232 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11233 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11234 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11235 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11236 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11237 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11238 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11239 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11240 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11241 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11243 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11245 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11246 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11248 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11250 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11251 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11253 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11255 ;;;***
11257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21670 32331
11258 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11261 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11262 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11263 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11265 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11266 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11268 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11270 Key definitions:
11271 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11275 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11276 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11277 `fortran-do-indent'
11278 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11279 `fortran-if-indent'
11280 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11281 `fortran-structure-indent'
11282 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11283 (default 3)
11284 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11285 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11286 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11287 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11288 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11289 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11290 nil don't change the indentation
11291 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11292 value of either
11293 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11294 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11295 depending on the continuation format in use.
11296 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11297 indentation for a line of code.
11298 (default 'fixed)
11299 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11300 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11301 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11302 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11303 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11304 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11305 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11306 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11307 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11308 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11309 column 5.
11310 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11311 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11312 statements (default nil).
11313 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11314 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11315 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11316 `fortran-continuation-string'
11317 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11318 line (default \"$\").
11319 `fortran-comment-region'
11320 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11321 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11322 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11323 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11324 as typed (default t).
11325 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11326 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11328 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11329 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11331 \(fn)" t nil)
11333 ;;;***
11335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11336 ;;;;;; 720000))
11337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11339 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11340 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11342 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11343 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11345 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11347 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11348 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11350 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11351 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11353 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11355 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11356 Compile fortune file.
11358 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11359 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11361 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11363 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11364 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11366 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11367 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11368 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11369 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11371 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11373 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11374 Display a fortune cookie.
11375 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11376 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11377 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11378 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11380 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11382 ;;;***
11384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11385 ;;;;;; 972000))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11388 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11389 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11390 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11392 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11393 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11394 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11396 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11397 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11399 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11400 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11402 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11403 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11404 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11405 intend to modify existing values, do
11407 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11409 before changing anything.
11411 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11412 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11414 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11415 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11416 to restore the frame.
11418 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11419 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11420 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11422 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11423 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11424 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11425 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11426 FILTER A filter function.
11428 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11429 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11431 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11433 where
11435 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11436 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11437 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11438 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11439 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11440 before restoring it.
11441 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11443 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11444 It must return:
11445 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11446 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11447 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11449 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11450 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11452 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11453 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11454 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11455 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11456 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11457 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11458 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11460 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11462 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11463 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11465 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11467 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11468 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11469 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11470 If nil, check all live frames.
11472 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11474 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11475 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11476 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11477 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11478 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11479 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11480 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11481 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11482 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11483 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11484 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11486 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11488 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11489 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11491 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11492 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11493 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11494 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11495 and window-state is not restored.
11497 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11498 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11500 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11501 t All existing frames can be reused.
11502 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11503 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11504 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11505 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11507 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11508 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11509 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11510 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11511 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11512 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11513 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11514 be created from that parameter alist.
11516 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11517 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11518 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11519 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11520 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11521 - the live frame just restored,
11522 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11523 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11524 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11526 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11527 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11528 nil Keep all frames.
11529 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11530 - FRAME, a live frame.
11531 - ACTION, which can be one of
11532 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11533 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11534 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11535 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11536 Return value is ignored.
11538 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11539 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11540 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11541 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11542 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11544 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11546 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11548 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11549 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11550 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11552 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11554 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11555 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11556 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11558 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11560 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11561 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11562 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11563 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11565 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11567 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11569 ;;;***
11571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11572 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11574 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11576 ;;;***
11578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21852 24381
11579 ;;;;;; 917233 10000))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11582 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11583 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11584 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11586 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11588 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11589 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11590 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11591 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11592 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11593 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11594 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11598 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11599 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11600 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11601 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11603 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11604 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11605 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11606 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11607 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11609 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11610 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11611 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11612 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11614 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11615 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11616 shown in some of the buffers.
11618 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11620 The following commands help control operation :
11622 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11623 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11625 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11626 detailed description of this mode.
11629 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11630 | GDB Toolbar |
11631 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11632 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11633 | | |
11634 | | |
11635 | | |
11636 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11637 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11638 | | (comint-mode) |
11639 | | |
11640 | | |
11641 | | |
11642 | | |
11643 | | |
11644 | | |
11645 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11646 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11647 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11648 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11649 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11650 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11652 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11654 ;;;***
11656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11657 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11660 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11661 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11662 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11663 instead (which see).")
11665 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11666 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11668 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11669 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11670 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11671 documentation string instead.
11673 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11674 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11675 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11676 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11677 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11678 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11679 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11680 enders are actually possible.
11682 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11683 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11685 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11686 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11687 `font-lock-keywords'.
11689 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11690 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11691 runs the macro expansion.
11693 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11694 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11695 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11697 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11699 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11701 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11703 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11705 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11706 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11708 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11711 Enter generic mode MODE.
11713 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11714 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11715 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11717 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11718 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11720 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11722 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11723 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11724 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11725 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11726 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11727 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11728 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11729 `font-lock-keywords'.
11731 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11733 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11735 ;;;***
11737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11738 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11741 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11742 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11745 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11746 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11750 ;;;***
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11753 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11756 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11757 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11758 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11760 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11762 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11763 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11765 Guideline for numbers:
11766 1 - error messages
11767 3 - non-serious error messages
11768 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11769 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11770 9 - messages inside loops.
11772 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11774 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11775 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11776 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11778 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11780 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11781 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11783 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11785 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11786 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11788 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11789 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11790 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11791 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11792 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11793 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11795 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11796 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11797 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11798 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11799 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11801 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11803 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11805 ;;;***
11807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11809 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11810 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11811 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11813 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11814 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11818 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11819 Read network news.
11820 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11821 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11822 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11823 name of an NNTP server to use.
11824 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11825 server.
11827 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11830 Read news as a slave.
11832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11834 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11835 Pop up a frame to read news.
11836 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11837 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11838 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11839 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11840 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11841 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11842 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11843 current display is used.
11845 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11848 Read network news.
11849 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11850 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11851 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11853 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11855 ;;;***
11857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11858 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11861 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Start Gnus unplugged.
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11866 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11867 Start Gnus plugged.
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11871 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11872 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11876 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11879 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11880 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11881 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11883 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11884 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11885 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11889 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11890 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11892 \(fn)" nil nil)
11894 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11896 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11897 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11898 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11899 supported.
11901 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11903 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11904 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11905 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11906 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11907 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11908 supported.
11910 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11912 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11915 \(fn)" nil nil)
11917 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11918 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11919 downloaded into the agent.
11921 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11923 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11925 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11926 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11928 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11930 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11931 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11933 \(fn)" t nil)
11935 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11936 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11938 \(fn)" t nil)
11940 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11941 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11942 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11944 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11946 ;;;***
11948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21864 15535
11949 ;;;;;; 27945 734000))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11952 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11953 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11955 \(fn)" nil nil)
11957 ;;;***
11959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
11960 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11963 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11964 Set a bookmark for this article.
11966 \(fn)" t nil)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11969 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11971 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11973 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11974 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11975 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11976 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11977 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11981 ;;;***
11983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
11984 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11987 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11988 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11990 Usage:
11991 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11995 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11996 Generate the cache active file.
11998 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12000 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12001 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12003 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12006 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12007 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12008 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12009 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12010 supported.
12012 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12014 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12015 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12016 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12017 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12018 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12019 supported.
12021 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12023 ;;;***
12025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12026 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12029 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12030 Delay this article by some time.
12031 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12033 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12034 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12036 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12037 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12039 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12040 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12042 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12044 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12045 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12050 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12051 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12052 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12054 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12055 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12057 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12059 ;;;***
12061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12062 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12065 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12068 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12073 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12075 ;;;***
12077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12078 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12081 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12082 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12086 ;;;***
12088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12089 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12092 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12093 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12095 \(fn)" t nil)
12097 ;;;***
12099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12100 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12103 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12104 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12106 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12108 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12110 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12111 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12113 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12115 \(fn)" t nil)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12118 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12123 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12125 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12126 different input formats.
12128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12130 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12131 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12133 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12134 different input formats.
12136 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12138 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12139 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12140 The PNG is returned as a string.
12142 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12144 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12145 Convert FILE to a Face.
12146 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12147 726 bytes.
12149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12151 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12152 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12154 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12156 \(fn)" t nil)
12158 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12159 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12161 \(fn)" nil nil)
12163 ;;;***
12165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12166 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12169 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12170 Display gravatar in the From header.
12171 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12175 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12176 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12177 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12181 ;;;***
12183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21852 24381
12184 ;;;;;; 597233 80000))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12187 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12188 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12189 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12190 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12192 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12194 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12195 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12197 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12199 ;;;***
12201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12202 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12205 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12208 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12210 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12213 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12215 ;;;***
12217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12218 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12221 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12223 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12224 Run batched scoring.
12225 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12227 \(fn)" t nil)
12229 ;;;***
12231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12232 ;;;;;; 725000))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12235 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12238 \(fn)" nil nil)
12240 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12241 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12242 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12244 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12246 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12247 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12249 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12253 ;;;***
12255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12256 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12259 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12260 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12261 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12262 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12263 group parameters.
12265 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12266 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12267 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12268 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12270 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12271 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12272 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12273 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12274 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12275 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12276 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12277 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12278 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12279 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12281 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12283 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12284 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12285 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12286 nil CATCH-ALL).
12288 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12289 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12291 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12293 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12294 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12295 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12297 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12299 \(fn)" nil nil)
12301 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12302 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12303 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12305 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12307 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12308 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12309 existing groups are considered.
12311 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12312 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12313 returned.
12315 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12316 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12317 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12318 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12319 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12320 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12321 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12322 clauses will be generated.
12324 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12325 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12326 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12327 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12328 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12329 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12331 For example, given the following group parameters:
12333 nnml:mail.bar:
12334 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12335 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12336 nnml:mail.foo:
12337 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12338 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12339 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12340 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12341 nnml:mail.others:
12342 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12344 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12346 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12347 \"mail.bar\")
12348 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12349 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12350 \"mail.others\")
12352 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12354 ;;;***
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12357 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12360 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12361 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12362 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12363 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12364 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12365 instead.
12367 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12369 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12370 Mail to ADDRESS.
12372 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12375 Like `message-reply'.
12377 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12379 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12381 ;;;***
12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12384 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12387 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12388 Send a notification on new message.
12389 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12390 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12391 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12393 This is typically a function to add in
12394 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12396 \(fn)" nil nil)
12398 ;;;***
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12401 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12404 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12405 Display picons in the From header.
12406 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12410 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12411 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12412 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12416 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12417 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12418 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12420 \(fn)" t nil)
12422 ;;;***
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12425 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12428 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12429 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12430 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12431 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12433 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12435 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12436 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12437 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12438 LIST1 is modified.
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12442 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12443 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12444 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12454 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12455 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12461 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12463 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12465 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12467 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12468 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12469 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12471 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12473 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12483 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12486 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12488 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12490 ;;;***
12492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21774
12493 ;;;;;; 38574 225319 550000))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12496 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12497 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12501 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12502 Install the registry hooks.
12504 \(fn)" t nil)
12506 ;;;***
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12509 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12512 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12513 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12514 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12515 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12516 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12517 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12519 \(fn)" t nil)
12521 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12522 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12523 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12524 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12525 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12527 \(fn)" t nil)
12529 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12534 ;;;***
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12537 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12540 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12541 Update the format specification near point.
12543 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12545 ;;;***
12547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12548 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12551 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12552 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12554 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12556 ;;;***
12558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21855 576 897951
12559 ;;;;;; 62000))
12560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12562 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12563 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12564 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12566 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12568 ;;;***
12570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12571 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12574 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12575 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12577 \(fn)" t nil)
12579 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12580 Install the sync hooks.
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12584 ;;;***
12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12587 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12590 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12591 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12593 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12595 ;;;***
12597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12598 ;;;;;; 720000))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12601 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12602 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12603 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12604 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12605 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12606 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12608 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12610 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12612 ;;;***
12614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12615 ;;;;;; 720000))
12616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12618 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12619 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12621 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12622 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12623 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12625 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12626 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12627 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12629 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12630 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12632 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12633 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12635 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12637 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12639 ;;;***
12641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12642 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12645 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12647 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12648 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12649 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12650 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12651 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12653 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12655 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12656 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12657 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12658 or to send e-mail.
12659 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12660 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12662 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12663 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12665 \(fn)" t nil)
12666 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12668 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12669 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12671 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12672 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12676 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12677 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12681 ;;;***
12683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12684 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12687 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12688 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12689 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12691 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12693 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12694 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12696 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12698 ;;;***
12700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21670 32331 385639
12701 ;;;;;; 720000))
12702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12704 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12705 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12707 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12709 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12710 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12711 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12712 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12713 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12715 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12716 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12717 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12719 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12721 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12722 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12723 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12724 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12725 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12727 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12729 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12730 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12732 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12734 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12735 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12737 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12738 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12739 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12741 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12742 The default find program.
12743 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12744 and others.")
12746 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12747 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12748 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12749 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12751 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12752 How to invoke find and grep.
12753 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12754 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12755 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12756 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12758 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12760 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12761 History list for grep.")
12763 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12764 History list for grep-find.")
12766 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12767 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12768 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12770 \(fn)" nil nil)
12772 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12775 \(fn)" nil nil)
12777 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12778 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12780 \(fn)" nil nil)
12782 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12783 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12784 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12785 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12786 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12788 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12789 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12791 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12792 can easily repeat a grep command.
12794 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12795 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12796 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12797 list is empty).
12799 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12801 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12802 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12803 Collect output in a buffer.
12804 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12805 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12807 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12808 easily repeat a find command.
12810 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12812 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12814 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12815 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12816 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12817 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12818 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12820 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12821 before it is executed.
12822 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12824 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12825 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12826 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12828 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12830 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12832 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12833 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12834 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12835 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12836 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12838 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12839 before it is executed.
12840 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12842 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12843 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12844 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12845 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12847 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12849 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12850 to specify a command to run.
12852 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12854 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12855 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12856 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12857 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12859 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12861 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12863 ;;;***
12865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12868 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12869 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12870 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12871 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12872 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12874 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12876 ;;;***
12878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12879 ;;;;;; 601000))
12880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12882 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12883 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12884 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12885 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12887 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12889 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12890 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12891 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12892 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12894 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12896 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12897 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12898 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12899 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12901 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12903 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12904 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12905 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12906 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12908 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12909 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12911 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12913 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12914 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12915 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12916 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12918 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12920 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12921 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12922 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12923 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12925 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12927 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12928 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12929 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12930 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12932 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12934 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12935 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12936 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12937 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12938 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12940 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12941 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12942 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12943 original source file access method.
12945 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12946 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12948 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12950 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12951 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12953 \(fn)" t nil)
12955 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12956 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12957 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12959 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12960 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12962 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12964 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12965 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12966 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12967 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12968 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12972 ;;;***
12974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21750 59840 206034
12975 ;;;;;; 761000))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12978 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12979 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12980 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12981 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12982 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12983 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12984 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12985 set it to.
12986 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12988 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12990 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12991 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12992 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12993 of PLACE.
12994 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12995 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12996 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12997 and SETTER.
12998 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12999 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13001 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13003 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13005 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13006 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13007 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13008 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13009 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13011 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13013 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13015 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13018 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13020 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
13022 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13024 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13025 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13026 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13027 well for simple place forms.
13028 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13029 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13030 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13031 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13032 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13033 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13034 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13036 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13038 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13040 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13041 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13042 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13043 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13044 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13046 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13047 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13048 (let ((temp VAL))
13049 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13050 temp)
13051 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13053 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13055 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13056 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13057 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13058 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13059 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13060 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13062 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13064 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13066 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13067 Return a reference to PLACE.
13068 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13069 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13070 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13071 binding mode.
13073 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13075 ;;;***
13077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21852 24381
13078 ;;;;;; 887244 288000))
13079 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13081 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13082 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13083 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13084 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13086 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13087 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13088 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13089 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13091 \(fn)" t nil)
13093 ;;;***
13095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13096 ;;;;;; 635000))
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13099 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13100 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13102 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13104 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13105 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13106 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13107 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13109 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13111 \(fn)" t nil)
13113 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13114 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13115 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13116 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13117 to be updated.
13119 \(fn)" t nil)
13121 ;;;***
13123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13124 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13127 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13128 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13132 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13133 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13134 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13138 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13139 Verify a hashcash payment
13141 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13143 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13144 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13145 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13146 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13147 `mail-add-payment-async').
13149 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13151 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13152 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13153 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13154 Calculation is asynchronous.
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13159 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13160 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13164 ;;;***
13166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13167 ;;;;;; 720000))
13168 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13170 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Return the help-echo string at point.
13172 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13173 property, or nil, is returned.
13174 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13175 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13176 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13178 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13180 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13181 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13182 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13183 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13184 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13186 \(fn)" nil nil)
13188 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13189 Display local help in the echo area.
13190 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13191 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13192 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13193 printed instead.
13195 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13196 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13197 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13201 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13202 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13203 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13205 \(fn)" t nil)
13207 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13208 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13209 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13211 \(fn)" t nil)
13213 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13214 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13215 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13216 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13217 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13218 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13219 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13220 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13221 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13222 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13223 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13225 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13226 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13227 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13228 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13229 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13231 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13232 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13233 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13234 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13235 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13236 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13237 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13238 The default is `never'.")
13240 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13242 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13243 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13244 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13245 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13246 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13247 considered different regions.
13249 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13250 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13251 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13252 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13253 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13254 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13255 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13256 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13257 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13259 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13261 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13262 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13263 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13264 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13265 different regions.
13267 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13268 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13269 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13270 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13271 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13272 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13273 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13274 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13276 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13277 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13278 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13279 rarely happens in practice.
13281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13283 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13284 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13285 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13286 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13287 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13288 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13292 ;;;***
13294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21862 60209 718658
13295 ;;;;;; 824000))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13298 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13299 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13301 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13303 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13304 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13305 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13307 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13309 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13310 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13311 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13312 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13313 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13314 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13315 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13317 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13318 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13319 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13320 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13321 suitable file is found, return nil.
13323 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13325 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13328 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13330 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13331 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13332 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13333 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13335 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13337 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13338 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13339 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13340 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13341 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13342 it is displayed along with the global value.
13344 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13346 (autoload 'describe-function-or-variable "help-fns" "\
13347 Display the full documentation of the function or variable SYMBOL.
13348 If SYMBOL is a variable and has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13349 \(default to the current buffer and current frame), it is displayed along
13350 with the global value.
13352 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13354 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13355 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13356 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13357 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13359 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13361 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13362 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13363 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13364 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13365 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13369 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13370 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13372 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13374 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13375 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13377 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13379 ;;;***
13381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13382 ;;;;;; 720000))
13383 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13385 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13386 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13387 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13388 window listing and describing the options.
13389 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13390 gives the window that lists the options.")
13392 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13394 ;;;***
13396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21862 60209 718658
13397 ;;;;;; 824000))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13400 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13401 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13402 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13403 Commands:
13404 \\{help-mode-map}
13406 \(fn)" t nil)
13408 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13411 \(fn)" nil nil)
13413 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13416 \(fn)" nil nil)
13418 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13419 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13421 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13422 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13423 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13424 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13426 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13427 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13428 restore it properly when going back.
13430 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13432 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13433 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13434 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13435 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13436 from `help-mode'.
13437 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13438 it does not already exist.
13440 \(fn)" nil nil)
13442 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13443 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13445 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13446 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13447 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13448 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13449 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13450 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13451 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13452 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13454 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13455 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13456 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13457 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13459 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13460 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13461 that.
13463 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13465 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13466 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13467 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13468 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13469 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13470 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13472 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13474 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13475 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13476 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13477 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13478 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13480 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13482 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13483 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13485 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13487 (autoload 'help-xref-interned "help-mode" "\
13488 Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL.
13489 Both variable, function and face documentation are extracted into a single
13490 help buffer. If SYMBOL is a variable, include buffer-local value for optional
13491 BUFFER or FRAME.
13493 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" nil nil)
13495 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13496 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13497 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13498 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13500 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13502 ;;;***
13504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13505 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13508 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13509 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13511 \(fn)" t nil)
13513 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13514 Provide help for current mode.
13516 \(fn)" t nil)
13518 ;;;***
13520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13521 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13523 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13524 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13525 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13526 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13527 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13529 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13530 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13532 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13533 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13534 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13535 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13537 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13538 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13539 periods.
13541 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13542 in hexl format.
13544 A sample format:
13546 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13547 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13548 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13549 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13550 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13551 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13552 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13553 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13554 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13555 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13556 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13557 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13558 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13559 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13560 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13562 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13563 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13564 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13566 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13567 also supported.
13569 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13571 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13572 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13573 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13575 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13576 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13577 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13579 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13580 into the buffer at the current point.
13582 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13583 into the buffer at the current point.
13585 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13586 into the buffer at the current point.
13588 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13590 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13591 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13593 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13595 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13599 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13600 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13601 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13602 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13604 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13606 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13607 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13608 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13610 \(fn)" t nil)
13612 ;;;***
13614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13615 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13618 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13620 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13621 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13623 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13624 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13625 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13626 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13628 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13629 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13630 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13631 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13633 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13634 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13635 which can be called interactively, are:
13637 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13638 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13640 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13641 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13642 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13643 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13645 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13646 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13648 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13649 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13650 available face automatically.
13652 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13653 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13655 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13656 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13657 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13658 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13659 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13660 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13661 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13662 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13663 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13664 function returns t.
13666 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13667 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13669 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13670 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13671 form:
13672 Hi-lock: FOO
13674 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13675 position (number of characters into buffer)
13676 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13677 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13678 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13682 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13683 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13684 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13687 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13689 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13691 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13692 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13693 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13694 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13695 ARG is omitted or nil.
13697 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13698 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13699 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13703 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13705 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13706 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13707 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13708 Use the global history list for FACE.
13710 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13711 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13712 highlighting will not update as you type.
13714 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13716 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13718 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13719 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13720 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13721 Use the global history list for FACE.
13723 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13724 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13725 highlighting will not update as you type.
13727 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13729 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13731 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13732 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13733 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13734 Use the global history list for FACE.
13736 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13737 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13738 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13740 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13741 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13742 highlighting will not update as you type.
13744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13746 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13748 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13749 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13750 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13751 unless you use a prefix argument.
13752 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13754 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13755 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13757 \(fn)" t nil)
13759 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13761 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13762 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13763 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13764 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13765 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13766 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13768 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13770 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13771 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13773 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13774 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13775 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13777 \(fn)" t nil)
13779 ;;;***
13781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 41767
13782 ;;;;;; 51222 992000))
13783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13785 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13786 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13788 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13789 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13791 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13792 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13793 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13794 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13796 `hide-ifdef-env'
13797 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13798 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13799 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13800 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13801 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13802 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13803 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13805 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13806 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13807 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13808 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13809 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13811 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13812 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13813 #endif lines when hiding.
13815 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13816 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13817 is activated.
13819 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13820 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13821 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13823 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13827 ;;;***
13829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13830 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13833 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13834 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13835 Each element has the form
13836 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13838 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13839 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13841 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13842 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13844 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13845 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13846 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13847 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13848 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13849 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13851 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13852 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13854 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13855 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13857 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13858 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13859 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13861 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13862 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13864 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13865 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13867 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13868 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13869 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13871 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13872 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13873 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13875 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13876 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13878 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13880 Key bindings:
13881 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13885 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13886 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13888 \(fn)" nil nil)
13890 ;;;***
13892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13893 ;;;;;; 720000))
13894 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13896 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13897 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13899 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13900 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13902 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13903 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13904 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13905 this on and off.
13907 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13908 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13909 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13910 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13911 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13912 through various faces.
13913 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13914 buffer with the contents of a file
13915 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13919 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13920 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13922 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13923 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13925 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13926 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13927 in a distinctive face.
13929 The default value can be customized with variable
13930 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13932 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13936 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13937 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13938 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13940 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13942 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13943 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13947 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13948 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13950 \(fn)" t nil)
13952 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13953 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13955 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13956 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13957 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13958 shown in the last face in the list.
13960 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13961 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13962 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13964 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13966 \(fn)" t nil)
13968 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13969 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13971 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13973 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13974 to save the file.
13976 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13977 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13979 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13980 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13981 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13983 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13985 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13986 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13988 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13989 this function is called interactively.
13991 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13992 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13993 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13995 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13996 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13997 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13999 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14001 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14002 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14003 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14005 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14006 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14008 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14010 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14011 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14012 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14013 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14014 ARG is omitted or nil.
14016 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14017 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14018 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14022 ;;;***
14024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14025 ;;;;;; 630000))
14026 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14027 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14029 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14030 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14031 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14032 or insert functions in this list.")
14034 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14036 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14037 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14038 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14039 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14040 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14041 expansions.
14042 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14043 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14044 undoes the expansion.
14046 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14048 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14049 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14050 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14051 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14053 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14055 ;;;***
14057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14058 ;;;;;; 720000))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14061 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14062 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14067 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14068 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14069 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14070 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14071 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14072 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14074 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14075 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14076 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14077 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14081 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14082 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14083 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14086 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14088 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14090 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14091 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14093 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14094 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14096 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14097 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14098 windows.
14100 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14101 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14105 ;;;***
14107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14108 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14109 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14111 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14112 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14115 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14117 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14119 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14120 Oriental holidays.
14121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14123 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14125 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14127 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14128 Local holidays.
14129 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14131 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14133 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14135 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14136 User defined holidays.
14137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14139 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14141 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14143 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14144 Jewish holidays.
14145 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14147 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14149 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14151 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14152 Christian holidays.
14153 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14155 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14157 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14159 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14160 Islamic holidays.
14161 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14163 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14165 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14167 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14168 Bahá'í holidays.
14169 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14171 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14173 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14175 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14176 Sun-related holidays.
14177 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14179 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14181 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14183 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14185 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14186 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14187 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14188 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14192 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14193 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14194 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14195 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14196 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14198 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14199 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14201 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14202 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14204 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14205 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14206 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14207 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14208 of a holiday list.
14210 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14212 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14214 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14216 ;;;***
14218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14219 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14222 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14223 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14225 \(fn)" t nil)
14227 ;;;***
14229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21794 23865
14230 ;;;;;; 762631 503000))
14231 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14232 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14234 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14235 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14236 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14237 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14238 as possible.
14240 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14241 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14242 fontified display.
14244 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14245 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14247 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14248 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14249 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14251 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14253 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14254 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14255 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14257 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14259 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14261 ;;;***
14263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14264 ;;;;;; 720000))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14267 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14268 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14270 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14271 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14272 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14274 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14275 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14276 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14277 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14278 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14279 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14281 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14282 title of the column.
14284 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14285 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14286 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14287 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14288 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14290 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14292 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14294 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14295 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14296 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14297 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14298 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14300 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14301 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14302 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14304 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14306 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14308 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14310 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14311 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14312 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14313 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14314 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14315 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14317 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14318 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14319 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14320 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14321 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14322 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14323 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14324 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14325 values are:
14326 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14327 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14328 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14329 buffer's modification flag.
14330 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14331 prompted before performing this operation.
14332 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14333 operation is complete, in the form:
14334 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14335 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14336 confirmation message, in the form:
14337 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14338 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14339 macro for exactly what it does.
14341 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14343 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14345 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14347 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14348 Define a filter named NAME.
14349 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14350 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14351 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14353 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14354 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14355 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14356 bound to the current value of the filter.
14358 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14360 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14362 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14364 ;;;***
14366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14369 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14370 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14371 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14372 buffers which are visiting a file.
14374 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14376 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14377 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14378 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14379 buffers which are visiting a file.
14381 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14383 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14384 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14385 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14387 All arguments are optional.
14388 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14389 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14390 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14391 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14392 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14393 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14394 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14395 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14396 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14397 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14398 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14399 that value locally in this buffer.
14401 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14403 ;;;***
14405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21795
14406 ;;;;;; 44704 594368 994000))
14407 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14408 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14410 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14411 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14412 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14413 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14415 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14417 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14418 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14419 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14420 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14421 ICAL-FILENAME.
14422 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14423 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14424 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14426 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14428 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14429 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14430 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14431 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14432 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14433 non-marking or not.
14435 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14437 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14438 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14440 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14441 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14442 DIARY-FILE.
14444 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14445 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14446 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14448 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14449 non-marking.
14451 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14452 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14453 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14455 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14457 ;;;***
14459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21852 24381 607274
14460 ;;;;;; 219000))
14461 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14463 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14464 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14465 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14468 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14470 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14472 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14473 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14478 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14479 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14480 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14481 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14483 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14484 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14486 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14487 completions:
14489 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14492 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14493 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14494 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14495 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14497 ;;;***
14499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14500 ;;;;;; 720000))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14503 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14504 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14505 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14506 Tab indents for Icon code.
14507 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14509 \\{icon-mode-map}
14510 Variables controlling indentation style:
14511 icon-tab-always-indent
14512 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14513 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14514 icon-auto-newline
14515 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14516 inserted in Icon code.
14517 icon-indent-level
14518 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14519 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14520 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14521 icon-continued-statement-offset
14522 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14523 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14524 icon-continued-brace-offset
14525 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14526 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14527 icon-brace-offset
14528 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14529 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14530 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14531 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14533 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14534 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14536 \(fn)" t nil)
14538 ;;;***
14540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21855
14541 ;;;;;; 577 397944 786000))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14544 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14545 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14546 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14547 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14549 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14550 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14551 separate frames.
14553 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14554 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14556 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14557 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14558 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14560 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14562 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14564 ;;;***
14566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21862 60209
14567 ;;;;;; 838658 475000))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14569 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14571 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14572 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14574 The main features of this mode are
14576 1. Indentation and Formatting
14577 --------------------------
14578 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14579 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14581 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14582 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14583 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14584 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14586 Comments are indented as follows:
14588 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14589 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14590 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14592 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14594 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14595 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14596 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14597 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14598 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14599 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14601 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14602 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14603 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14604 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14606 2. Routine Info
14607 ------------
14608 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14609 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14610 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14611 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14612 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14613 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14614 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14615 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14616 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14617 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14619 3. Online IDL Help
14620 ---------------
14622 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14623 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14624 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14625 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14627 4. Completion
14628 ----------
14629 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14630 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14631 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14632 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14633 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14634 upper case.
14636 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14637 --------------------------------
14638 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14639 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14641 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14642 \\fu FUNCTION template
14643 \\c CASE statement template
14644 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14645 \\f FOR loop template
14646 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14647 \\w WHILE loop template
14648 \\i IF statement template
14649 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14650 \\b BEGIN
14652 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14653 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14655 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14656 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14657 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14658 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14660 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14661 -------------------------
14662 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14663 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14665 7. Automatic END completion
14666 ------------------------
14667 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14668 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14670 8. Hooks
14671 -----
14672 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14673 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14675 9. Documentation and Customization
14676 -------------------------------
14677 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14678 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14679 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14680 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14681 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14682 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14684 10.Keybindings
14685 -----------
14686 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14687 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14688 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14690 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14694 ;;;***
14696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21862 60209 728658 929000))
14697 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14699 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14700 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14701 The following values are possible:
14702 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14703 displaying...)
14704 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14705 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14706 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14709 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14711 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14713 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14714 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14715 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14716 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14717 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14718 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14719 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14720 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14721 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14725 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14726 Switch to another buffer.
14727 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14728 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14729 in another frame.
14731 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14732 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14733 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14734 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14735 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14737 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14738 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14740 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14742 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14743 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14744 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14745 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14746 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14747 in a separate window.
14748 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14749 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14753 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14754 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14755 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14756 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14760 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14761 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14767 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14768 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14774 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14775 Kill a buffer.
14776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14781 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14782 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14786 \(fn)" t nil)
14788 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14789 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14790 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14795 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14796 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14798 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14801 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14802 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14803 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14804 in another frame.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14807 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14808 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14809 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14810 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14811 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14813 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14814 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14816 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14818 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14819 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14820 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14821 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14822 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14823 in a separate window.
14824 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14825 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14826 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14827 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14828 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14829 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14830 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14831 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14832 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14833 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14834 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14835 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14837 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14838 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14839 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14840 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14841 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14843 \(fn)" t nil)
14845 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14846 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14847 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14848 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14850 \(fn)" t nil)
14852 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14853 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14854 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14855 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14857 \(fn)" t nil)
14859 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14860 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14861 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14862 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14864 \(fn)" t nil)
14866 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14867 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14868 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14869 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14871 \(fn)" t nil)
14873 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14874 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14875 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14876 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14880 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14881 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14882 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14883 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885 \(fn)" t nil)
14887 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14888 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14889 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14890 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14894 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14895 Write current buffer to a file.
14896 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14897 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14901 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14902 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14903 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14904 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14906 \(fn)" t nil)
14908 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14909 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14910 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14911 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14915 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14916 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14917 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14918 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14919 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14920 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14922 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14924 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14925 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14926 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14927 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14929 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14931 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14932 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14933 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14934 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14936 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14938 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14939 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14940 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14941 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14942 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14943 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14944 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14945 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14946 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14947 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14948 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14949 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14950 with point positioned at the end.
14951 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14952 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14954 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14956 ;;;***
14958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14961 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14962 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14963 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14964 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14968 ;;;***
14970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14973 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14975 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14976 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14977 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14978 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14979 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14980 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14984 ;;;***
14986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14987 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14989 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14990 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14991 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14992 be determined.
14994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14996 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14997 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14998 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14999 be determined.
15001 \(fn)" nil nil)
15003 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15004 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15005 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15006 be determined.
15008 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15010 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15011 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15012 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15013 be determined.
15015 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15017 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15018 Determine and return image type.
15019 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15020 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15021 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15022 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15023 use its file extension as image type.
15024 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15026 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15028 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15029 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15030 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15032 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15034 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15035 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15036 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15038 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15039 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15040 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15041 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15042 must be available.
15044 \(fn)" nil nil)
15046 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15047 Create an image.
15048 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15049 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15050 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15051 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15052 use its file extension as image type.
15053 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15054 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15055 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15056 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15058 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15060 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15061 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15062 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15064 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15066 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15067 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15068 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15069 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15070 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15071 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15072 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15073 POS may be an integer or marker.
15074 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15075 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15076 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15077 means display it in the right marginal area.
15079 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15081 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15082 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15083 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15084 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15085 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15086 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15087 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15088 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15089 means display it in the right marginal area.
15090 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15091 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15092 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15093 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15094 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15096 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15098 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15099 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15100 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15101 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15102 STRING is a single space.
15103 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15104 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15105 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15106 means display it in the right marginal area.
15107 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15109 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15111 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15112 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15113 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15114 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15116 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15118 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15119 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15121 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15123 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15124 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15125 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15126 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15127 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15128 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15129 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15130 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15131 satisfied.
15133 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15135 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15137 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15139 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15140 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15142 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15143 documentation string.
15145 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15146 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15147 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15148 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15149 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15150 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15151 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15152 define SYMBOL.
15154 Example:
15156 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15157 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15159 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15161 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15163 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15164 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15165 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15166 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15168 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15169 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15170 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15171 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15173 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15175 \(fn)" nil nil)
15177 ;;;***
15179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15180 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15181 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15182 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15185 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15186 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15187 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15188 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15189 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15194 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15196 Convenience command that:
15198 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15199 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15200 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15202 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15203 image files in dired and type
15204 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15206 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15208 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15209 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15211 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15214 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15215 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15216 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15217 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15218 another one).
15220 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15221 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15222 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15224 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15225 instead of erasing it first.
15227 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15228 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15229 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15230 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15231 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15232 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15234 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15237 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15238 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15239 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15240 displayed.
15242 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15244 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15246 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15248 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15249 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15253 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15254 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15255 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15257 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15260 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15265 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15266 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15267 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15269 \(fn)" t nil)
15271 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15272 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15274 \(fn)" t nil)
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15277 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15279 \(fn)" t nil)
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15282 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15284 \(fn)" t nil)
15286 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15287 Display current image file.
15288 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15289 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15293 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15294 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15298 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15299 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15300 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15301 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15302 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15303 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15304 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15306 \(fn)" t nil)
15308 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15309 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15310 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15311 easy-to-use form.
15313 \(fn)" t nil)
15315 ;;;***
15317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15318 ;;;;;; 720000))
15319 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15321 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15322 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15323 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15324 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15326 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15327 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15328 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15329 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15331 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15333 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15334 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15335 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15336 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15338 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15339 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15340 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15341 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15343 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15345 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15346 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15348 \(fn)" nil nil)
15350 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15351 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15352 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15353 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15355 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15357 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15358 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15359 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15362 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15364 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15366 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15367 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15372 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15373 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15374 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15378 ;;;***
15380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15381 ;;;;;; 27000))
15382 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15384 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15385 Major mode for image files.
15386 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15387 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15389 Key bindings:
15390 \\{image-mode-map}
15392 \(fn)" t nil)
15394 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15395 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15396 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15397 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15398 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15400 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15401 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15402 actual image.
15404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15406 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15407 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15408 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15409 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15410 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15411 to display an image file as the actual image.
15413 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15414 to display an image file as text initially.
15416 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15417 on these modes.
15419 \(fn)" t nil)
15421 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15424 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15426 ;;;***
15428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15429 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15431 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15432 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15434 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15436 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15437 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15438 in the buffer.
15440 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15442 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15443 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15444 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15446 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15448 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15449 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15450 Each element of this list should have the form
15452 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15454 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15455 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15456 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15457 matches are put).
15458 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15459 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15460 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15461 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15462 another element.
15463 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15464 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15465 the menu item.
15466 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15467 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15468 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15469 the ARGUMENTS.
15471 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15472 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15473 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15475 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15476 create a buffer index.
15478 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15479 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15480 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15481 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15482 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15484 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15486 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15487 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15489 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15490 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15491 called within a `save-excursion'.
15493 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15495 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15497 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15498 Function for finding the next index position.
15500 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15501 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15502 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15503 file.
15505 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15506 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15508 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15510 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15511 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15513 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15514 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15515 It should return the name for that index item.")
15517 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15519 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15520 Function to compare string with index item.
15522 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15523 non-nil if they match.
15525 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15526 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15527 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15528 arguments match\".")
15530 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15532 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15533 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15534 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15536 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15537 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15539 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15541 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15543 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15544 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15545 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15546 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15548 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15550 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15551 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15553 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15555 \(fn)" t nil)
15557 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15558 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15559 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15560 for more information.
15562 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15564 ;;;***
15566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15567 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15570 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15571 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15575 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15578 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15580 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15583 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15585 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15588 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15590 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15591 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15595 ;;;***
15597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21670 32331
15598 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15601 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15602 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15603 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15604 to that buffer.
15605 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15606 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15607 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15608 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15610 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15612 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15614 ;;;***
15616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21862 60209 738095 873000))
15617 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15619 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15620 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15621 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15622 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15623 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15624 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15625 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15626 first in this list.
15628 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15629 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15630 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15631 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15632 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15634 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15635 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15636 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15638 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15639 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15641 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15642 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15644 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15645 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15646 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15647 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15648 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15649 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15650 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15651 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15652 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15653 with the top-level Info directory.
15655 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15656 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15658 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15660 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15661 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15662 in all the directories in that path.
15664 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15666 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15668 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15669 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15671 \(fn)" t nil)
15673 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15674 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15676 \(fn)" t nil)
15678 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15679 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15680 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15681 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15683 \(fn)" nil nil)
15685 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15686 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15687 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15688 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15690 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15692 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15693 Go to the Info directory node.
15695 \(fn)" t nil)
15697 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15698 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15699 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15700 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15701 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15702 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15704 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15706 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15707 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15708 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15710 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15712 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15713 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15714 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15715 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15716 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15718 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15720 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15721 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15722 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15723 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15724 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15726 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15727 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15729 Selecting other nodes:
15730 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15731 Follow a node reference you click on.
15732 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15733 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15734 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15735 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15736 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15737 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15738 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15739 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15740 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15741 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15742 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15743 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15744 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15745 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15746 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15747 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15748 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15749 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15750 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15751 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15753 Moving within a node:
15754 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15755 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15756 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15757 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15758 move up to the parent node.
15759 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15760 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15761 if there is none.
15762 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15764 Advanced commands:
15765 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15766 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15767 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15768 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15769 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15770 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15771 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15772 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15773 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15774 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15775 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15776 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15777 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15778 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15779 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15780 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15782 \(fn)" t nil)
15783 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15785 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15786 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15787 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15788 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15789 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15790 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15792 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15793 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15795 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15796 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15797 KEY is a string.
15798 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15799 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15800 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15801 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15803 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15805 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15806 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15807 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15811 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15812 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15813 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15815 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15817 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15818 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15819 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15820 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15821 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15822 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15824 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15826 ;;;***
15828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21862 60209 738095
15829 ;;;;;; 873000))
15830 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15832 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15833 Throw away all cached data.
15834 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15835 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15836 system.
15838 \(fn)" t nil)
15839 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15841 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15842 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15843 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15844 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15845 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15846 one found at point.
15848 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15850 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15851 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15853 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15854 Display the documentation of a file.
15855 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15856 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15857 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15858 The default file name is the one found at point.
15860 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15862 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15864 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15865 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15867 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15869 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15870 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15872 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15874 ;;;***
15876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15877 ;;;;;; 720000))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15879 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15881 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15882 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15883 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15884 current info file is the default.
15886 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15887 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15888 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15889 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15890 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15892 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15893 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15894 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15895 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15896 mistake in the reference.
15898 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15899 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15900 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15902 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15903 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15904 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15905 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15907 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15909 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15910 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15911 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15912 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15913 checked.
15915 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15916 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15917 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15918 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15919 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15920 should be harmless.
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15924 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15925 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15926 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15927 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15929 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15930 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15931 and can take a long time.
15933 \(fn)" t nil)
15935 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15936 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15937 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15939 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15941 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15942 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15944 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15945 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15946 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15947 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15948 all builtins).
15950 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15951 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15952 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15953 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15954 the sources handy.
15956 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15958 ;;;***
15960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15961 ;;;;;; 720000))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15964 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15965 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15967 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15969 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15970 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15972 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15974 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15975 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15976 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15977 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15979 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15980 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15981 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15983 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15984 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15985 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15986 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15988 \(fn)" t nil)
15990 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15991 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15992 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15994 \(fn)" t nil)
15996 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15997 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15998 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15999 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16000 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16002 \(fn)" nil nil)
16004 ;;;***
16006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16007 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16010 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16013 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16015 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16017 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16019 ;;;***
16021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16022 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16023 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16024 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16026 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16027 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16028 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16030 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16032 ;;;***
16034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16035 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16038 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16039 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16041 \(fn)" t nil)
16043 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16044 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16046 \(fn)" t nil)
16048 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16051 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16053 ;;;***
16055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16056 ;;;;;; 256000))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16058 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16060 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16061 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16062 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16063 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16064 accessed via isearchb.
16066 \(fn)" t nil)
16068 ;;;***
16070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16071 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16074 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16075 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16076 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16077 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16078 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16080 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16082 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16083 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16084 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16085 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16086 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16088 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16090 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16091 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16092 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16093 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16094 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16098 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16099 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16100 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16101 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16102 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16104 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16106 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16107 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16108 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16109 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16110 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16112 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16114 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16115 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16116 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16117 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16118 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16120 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16122 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16123 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16124 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16125 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16126 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16128 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16130 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16131 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16132 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16133 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16135 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16137 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16138 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16139 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16140 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16142 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16144 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16145 Warn that format is read-only.
16147 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16150 Warn that format is write-only.
16152 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16154 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16155 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16157 \(fn)" t nil)
16159 ;;;***
16161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16162 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16163 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16164 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16165 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16167 ;;;***
16169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21855 577 527945
16170 ;;;;;; 248000))
16171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16173 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16175 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16176 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16177 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16178 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16179 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16181 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16183 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16185 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16186 Key map for ispell menu.")
16188 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16189 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16190 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16191 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16193 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16195 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16197 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16199 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16201 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16202 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16203 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16204 Valid forms include:
16205 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16206 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16207 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16208 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16210 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16211 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16212 First list is used raw.
16213 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16215 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16216 for skipping in latex mode.")
16218 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16219 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16220 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16221 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16222 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16223 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16224 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16226 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16227 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16228 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16229 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16231 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16232 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16233 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16234 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16235 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16237 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16238 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16240 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16241 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16243 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16244 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16246 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16247 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16249 Return values:
16250 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16251 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16252 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16253 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16254 quit spell session exited.
16256 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16258 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16259 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16260 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16262 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16264 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16265 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16267 Selections are:
16269 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16270 SPC: Accept word this time.
16271 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16272 `a': Accept word for this session.
16273 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16274 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16275 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16276 `?': Show these commands.
16277 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16278 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16279 the aborted check to be completed later.
16280 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16281 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16282 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16283 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16284 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16285 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16286 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16288 \(fn)" nil nil)
16290 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16291 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16292 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16293 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16295 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16297 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16298 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16299 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16300 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16302 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16304 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16306 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16307 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16308 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16309 amount for last line processed.
16311 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16313 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16314 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16316 \(fn)" t nil)
16318 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16319 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16321 \(fn)" t nil)
16323 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16324 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16325 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16327 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16329 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16330 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16332 \(fn)" t nil)
16334 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16335 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16336 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16337 sequence inside of a word.
16339 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16341 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16343 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16344 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16346 \(fn)" t nil)
16348 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16349 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16350 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16351 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16353 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16354 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16355 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16356 available on the net.
16358 \(fn)" t nil)
16360 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16361 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16363 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16364 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16366 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16367 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16368 spelled.
16370 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16371 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16372 SPC.
16374 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16375 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16379 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16380 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16381 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16382 Don't check included messages.
16384 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16385 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16386 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16388 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16389 in your init file:
16390 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16391 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16392 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16393 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16395 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16396 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16397 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16399 \(fn)" t nil)
16401 ;;;***
16403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16404 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16405 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16407 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16410 \(fn)" nil nil)
16412 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16413 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16414 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16415 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16416 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16417 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16418 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16419 necessary to represent OBJ.
16421 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16423 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16424 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16425 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16426 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16428 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16430 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16431 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16432 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16433 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16434 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16436 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16438 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16439 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16440 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16441 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16443 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16445 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16446 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16447 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16448 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16450 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16452 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16453 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16455 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16457 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16458 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16459 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16460 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16461 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16463 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16465 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16466 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16467 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16468 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16469 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16471 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16473 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16474 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16475 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16477 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16479 ;;;***
16481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16482 ;;;;;; 720000))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16485 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16486 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16487 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16488 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16490 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16493 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16495 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16496 Uninstall jka-compr.
16497 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16498 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16499 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16501 \(fn)" nil nil)
16503 ;;;***
16505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21833 59993 694773
16506 ;;;;;; 201000))
16507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16508 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16510 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16511 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16513 \(fn)" t nil)
16514 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16516 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16518 ;;;***
16520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16522 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16524 ;;;***
16526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16527 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16530 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16531 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16532 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16533 decimal key must be specified.")
16535 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16537 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16538 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16539 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16540 decimal key must be specified.")
16542 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16544 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16545 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16546 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16547 decimal key must be specified.")
16549 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16551 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16552 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16553 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16554 decimal key must be specified.")
16556 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16558 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16559 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16560 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16561 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16562 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16563 keys are bound.
16565 Setup Binding
16566 -------------------------------------------------------------
16567 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16568 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16569 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16570 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16571 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16572 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16573 in the global and local keymaps.
16575 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16576 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16578 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16580 ;;;***
16582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16583 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16586 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16587 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16588 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16590 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16591 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16592 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16593 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16594 shorter.
16596 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16597 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16598 the context of text formatting.
16600 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16602 ;;;***
16604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16605 ;;;;;; 720000))
16606 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16608 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16609 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16610 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16611 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16612 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16613 positions that contains the current selection.")
16615 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16616 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16617 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16618 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16619 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16620 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16621 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16623 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16625 ;;;***
16627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16628 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16629 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16630 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16631 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16632 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16633 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16634 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16635 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16637 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16638 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16639 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16641 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16643 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16644 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16645 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16646 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16647 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16649 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16651 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16652 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16653 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16655 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16656 defining the macro.
16658 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16659 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16660 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16662 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16663 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16667 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16668 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16669 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16670 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16671 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16672 under that name.
16674 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16675 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16676 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16680 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16681 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16682 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16683 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16685 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16686 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16687 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16688 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16690 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16691 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16693 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16695 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16696 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16697 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16699 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16700 macro.
16702 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16703 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16705 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16706 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16707 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16709 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16710 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16712 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16714 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16715 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16716 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16717 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16719 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16721 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16722 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16723 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16724 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16726 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16727 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16729 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16731 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16732 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16733 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16735 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16737 ;;;***
16739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16740 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16743 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16744 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16745 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16747 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16750 \(fn)" nil nil)
16752 ;;;***
16754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21670 32331
16755 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16757 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16759 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16761 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16762 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16764 \(fn)" t nil)
16766 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16767 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16768 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16769 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16771 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16772 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16773 none / 1 | yes | no
16774 2 | yes | yes
16775 3 | no | yes
16776 4 | no | no
16778 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16779 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16780 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16782 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16784 ;;;***
16786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16790 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16793 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16795 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16796 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16797 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16798 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16799 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16800 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16802 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16803 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16805 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16807 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16808 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16810 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16812 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16815 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16817 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16820 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16822 ;;;***
16824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16825 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16826 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16828 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16829 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16830 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16831 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16833 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16835 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16836 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16837 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16839 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16841 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16842 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16843 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16845 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16847 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16848 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16849 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16850 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16852 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16854 ;;;***
16856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16857 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16860 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16861 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16862 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16863 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16864 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16865 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16866 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16867 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16869 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16870 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16873 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16875 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16877 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16878 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16879 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16880 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16881 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16882 `latin1-display-setup'.
16884 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16886 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16887 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16888 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16889 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16892 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16894 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16896 ;;;***
16898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16899 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16902 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16903 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16905 \(fn)" t nil)
16907 ;;;***
16909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16910 ;;;;;; 720000))
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16912 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16914 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16915 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16916 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16917 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16919 For instance, the following code
16921 (let-alist alist
16922 (if (and .title .body)
16923 .body
16924 .site
16925 .site.contents))
16927 essentially expands to
16929 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16930 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16931 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16932 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16933 (if (and .title .body)
16934 .body
16935 .site
16936 .site.contents))
16938 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16939 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16940 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16941 displayed in the example above.
16943 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16945 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16947 ;;;***
16949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16952 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16953 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16954 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16955 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16956 generations (this defaults to 1).
16958 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16960 ;;;***
16962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
16963 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16964 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16966 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16967 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16969 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16970 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16972 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16976 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16977 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16978 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16981 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16983 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16985 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16986 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16987 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16988 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16989 ARG is omitted or nil.
16991 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16992 `linum-on' would do it.
16993 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16997 ;;;***
16999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
17000 ;;;;;; 720000))
17001 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17003 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17004 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17005 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17006 is nil, raise an error.
17008 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17009 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17010 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17011 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17012 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17013 defined by the library.
17015 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17016 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17017 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17018 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17019 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17020 proceeds.
17022 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17023 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17024 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17025 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17027 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17029 ;;;***
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17034 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17035 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17036 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17038 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17040 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17041 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17042 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17043 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17045 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17046 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17047 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17048 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17049 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17050 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17051 the version.)
17053 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17054 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17056 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17057 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17059 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17060 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17062 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17064 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17065 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17066 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17067 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17068 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17069 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17070 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17071 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17072 to constrain a big search.
17074 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17076 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17077 except that FILTER is not optional.
17079 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17081 ;;;***
17083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21852 24382 97237
17084 ;;;;;; 703000))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17087 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17088 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17089 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17090 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17091 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17092 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17093 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17094 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17095 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17096 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17098 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17099 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17100 associated values:
17101 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17102 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17103 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17104 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17105 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17107 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17108 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17109 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17111 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17113 ;;;***
17115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21850 34915 117255
17116 ;;;;;; 375000))
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17119 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17120 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17124 ;;;***
17126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17129 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17130 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17132 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17133 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17135 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17136 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17137 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17139 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17140 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17142 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17143 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17144 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17145 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17146 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17147 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17148 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17150 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17152 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17153 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17154 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17155 switch on this list.
17156 See `lpr-command'.")
17158 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17160 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17161 Name of program for printing a file.
17163 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17164 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17165 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17166 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17167 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17168 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17169 argument.")
17171 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17173 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17174 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17175 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17176 for customization of the printer command.
17178 \(fn)" t nil)
17180 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17181 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17183 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17184 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17185 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17186 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17188 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17189 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17191 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17192 for further customization of the printer command.
17194 \(fn)" t nil)
17196 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17197 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17198 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17199 for customization of the printer command.
17201 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17203 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17204 Paginate and print the region contents.
17206 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17207 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17208 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17209 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17211 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17212 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17214 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17215 for further customization of the printer command.
17217 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17219 ;;;***
17221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
17222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17224 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17225 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17226 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17228 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17230 ;;;***
17232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17233 ;;;;;; 725000))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17236 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17237 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17238 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17239 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17243 ;;;***
17245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17246 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17249 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17250 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17252 \(fn)" t nil)
17254 ;;;***
17256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17257 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17259 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17260 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17261 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17262 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17263 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17265 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17267 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17268 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17269 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17270 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17271 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17273 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17274 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17275 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17276 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17277 bindings.
17279 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17280 use this command, and then save the file.
17282 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17284 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17285 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17286 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17287 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17288 each time the macro executes.
17289 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17290 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17291 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17292 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17293 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17294 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17295 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17297 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17299 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17300 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17301 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17302 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17304 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17305 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17306 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17307 execute.
17309 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17310 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17312 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17313 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17314 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17315 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17316 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17318 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17319 looked like this:
17321 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17322 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17323 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17325 You could enter the names in this format:
17331 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17333 \\C-x (
17334 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17335 \\C-x )
17337 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17338 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17340 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17341 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17343 ;;;***
17345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17346 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17349 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17350 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17351 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17352 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17353 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17354 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17356 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17357 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17358 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17359 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17360 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17362 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17363 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17364 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17365 consing a string.)
17367 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17369 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17370 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17372 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17374 ;;;***
17376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17377 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17380 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17381 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17383 \(fn)" nil nil)
17385 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17388 \(fn)" nil nil)
17390 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17391 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17393 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17395 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17396 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17397 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17398 message.
17400 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17402 \(fn)" nil nil)
17404 ;;;***
17406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17407 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17410 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17411 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17412 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17413 often correct parser.")
17415 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17417 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17418 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17419 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17420 a value which excludes your own email address.
17422 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17423 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17425 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17427 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17428 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17430 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17432 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17433 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17434 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17435 we return it unconverted.
17437 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17438 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17440 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17442 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17443 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17444 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17445 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17447 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17449 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17450 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17451 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17452 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17454 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17456 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17457 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17458 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17459 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17460 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17461 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17462 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17463 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17464 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17465 as Rmail does.
17467 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17469 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17470 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17471 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17472 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17473 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17474 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17475 matches may be returned from the message body.
17477 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17479 ;;;***
17481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17482 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17485 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17486 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17487 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17490 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17492 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17494 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17495 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17500 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17501 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17502 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17503 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17507 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17508 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17510 \(fn)" nil nil)
17512 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17513 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17514 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17516 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17518 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17519 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17520 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17522 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17523 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17524 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17525 double-quotes.
17527 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17529 ;;;***
17531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21855 577
17532 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
17533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17535 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17536 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17537 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17538 king@grassland.com
17539 If `parens', they look like:
17540 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17541 If `angles', they look like:
17542 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17544 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17546 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17547 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17548 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17549 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17550 their `Resent-' variants.
17552 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17553 removed from alias expansions.
17555 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17557 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17558 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17559 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17561 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17562 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17563 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17564 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17566 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17568 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17569 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17570 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17572 \(fn)" nil nil)
17574 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17575 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17576 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17577 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17581 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17583 ;;;***
17585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17586 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17589 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17590 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17591 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17592 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17594 \(fn)" nil nil)
17596 ;;;***
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21670
17599 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17602 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17603 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17605 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17606 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17607 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17608 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17609 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17610 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17612 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17613 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17614 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17615 dependency, despite the colon.
17617 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17619 In the browser, use the following keys:
17621 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17623 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17625 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17626 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17628 `makefile-target-colon':
17629 The string that gets appended to all target names
17630 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17631 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17633 `makefile-macro-assign':
17634 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17635 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17636 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17637 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17638 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17639 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17641 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17642 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17643 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17645 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17646 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17648 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17649 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17650 up or down in the browser.
17652 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17653 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17655 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17656 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17658 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17659 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17660 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17661 has been selected in the browser.
17663 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17664 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17665 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17666 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17667 filenames are omitted.
17669 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17670 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17671 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17672 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17673 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17674 the backslash itself intact.
17675 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17676 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17678 `makefile-browser-hook':
17679 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17680 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17682 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17683 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17684 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17685 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17687 \(fn)" t nil)
17689 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17690 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17692 \(fn)" t nil)
17694 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17695 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17697 \(fn)" t nil)
17699 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17700 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17702 \(fn)" t nil)
17704 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17705 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17707 \(fn)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17712 \(fn)" t nil)
17714 ;;;***
17716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17717 ;;;;;; 720000))
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17720 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17721 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17722 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17724 \(fn)" t nil)
17726 ;;;***
17728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17731 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17733 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17734 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17735 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17736 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17737 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17738 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17739 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17740 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17741 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17742 without running the man command.
17744 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17745 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17746 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17748 cat(1)
17749 1 cat
17751 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17752 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17753 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17754 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17756 -a chmod
17758 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17759 otherwise look like a page name.
17761 /my/file/name.1.gz
17762 -l somefile.1
17764 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17765 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17766 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17768 -k pattern
17770 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17773 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17775 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17778 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17780 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17782 ;;;***
17784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17785 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17786 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17788 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17789 Toggle Master mode.
17790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17794 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17795 using the following commands:
17797 \\{master-mode-map}
17799 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17800 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17801 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17805 ;;;***
17807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17808 ;;;;;; 720000))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17811 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17812 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17813 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17816 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17818 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17820 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17821 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17823 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17824 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17826 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17827 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17828 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17829 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17833 ;;;***
17835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17836 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17837 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17839 ;;;***
17841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21855 576 917950
17842 ;;;;;; 620000))
17843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17845 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17847 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17848 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17849 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17850 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17851 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17852 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17853 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17854 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17855 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17856 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17857 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17858 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17859 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17860 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17861 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17862 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17863 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17864 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17865 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17866 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17867 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17868 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17869 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17870 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17871 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17872 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17873 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17874 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17875 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17876 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17877 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17878 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17879 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17880 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17881 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17882 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17883 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17884 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17886 \(fn)" t nil)
17888 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17889 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17890 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17891 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17892 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17894 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17896 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17897 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17899 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17901 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17902 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17904 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17907 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17909 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17911 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17912 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17913 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17915 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17917 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17918 Cancel an article you posted.
17919 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17923 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17924 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17925 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17926 header line with the old Message-ID.
17928 \(fn)" t nil)
17930 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17931 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17935 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17936 Forward the current message via mail.
17937 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17938 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17940 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17942 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17945 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17947 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17950 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17952 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17953 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17955 \(fn)" t nil)
17957 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17958 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17960 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17962 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17963 Re-mail the current message.
17964 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17965 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17966 you.
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17970 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17971 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17973 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17975 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17976 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17978 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17980 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17981 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17983 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17985 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17986 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17988 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17991 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17992 Works by overstriking characters.
17993 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17994 which specify the range to operate on.
17996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17999 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18000 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18001 which specify the range to operate on.
18003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18005 ;;;***
18007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18008 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18010 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18012 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18013 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18015 \(fn)" t nil)
18017 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18018 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18022 ;;;***
18024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
18025 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18028 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18029 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18030 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18032 \(fn)" t nil)
18034 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18035 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18036 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18037 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18038 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18039 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18040 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18042 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18044 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18045 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18046 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18047 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18048 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18049 means current).
18050 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18051 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18053 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18055 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18056 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18057 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18058 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18059 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18060 means current).
18061 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18062 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18064 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18066 ;;;***
18068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21670 32331 385639
18069 ;;;;;; 720000))
18070 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18072 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18073 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18074 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18076 \(fn)" t nil)
18078 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18079 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18080 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18084 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18085 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18087 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18088 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18089 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18091 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18092 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18094 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18095 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18097 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18099 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18101 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18102 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18103 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18104 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18105 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18106 as `compose-mail'.
18108 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18109 initial Subject field, respectively.
18111 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18112 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18113 are strings.
18115 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18116 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18118 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18120 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18121 Save draft and send message.
18123 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18124 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18125 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18126 Mail Delivery*\".
18128 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18129 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18130 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18132 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18133 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18134 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18135 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18136 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18137 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18139 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18140 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18142 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18143 message and scan line.
18145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18147 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18148 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18150 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18151 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18152 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18153 delete the draft message.
18155 \(fn)" t nil)
18157 ;;;***
18159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18161 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18163 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18165 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18167 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18169 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18170 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18172 \(fn)" t nil)
18174 ;;;***
18176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18177 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18180 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18181 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18182 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18184 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18185 the MH mail system.
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18189 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18190 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18191 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18193 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18194 the MH mail system.
18196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18199 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18201 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18202 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18203 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18204 separate command.
18206 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18207 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18208 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18209 format.
18211 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18213 Ranges
18214 ======
18215 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18216 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18217 can be used in several ways.
18219 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18220 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18221 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18222 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18223 page):
18225 <num1>-<num2>
18226 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18227 The range must be nonempty.
18229 <num>:N
18230 <num>:+N
18231 <num>:-N
18232 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18233 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18234 last.
18236 first:N
18237 prev:N
18238 next:N
18239 last:N
18240 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18243 All of the messages.
18245 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18246 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18248 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18249 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18250 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18252 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18254 \(fn)" t nil)
18256 ;;;***
18258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18259 ;;;;;; 61000))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18262 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18263 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18264 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18267 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18269 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18271 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18272 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18276 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18277 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18278 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18279 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18280 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18281 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18282 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18283 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18284 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18285 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18286 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18288 \(fn)" t nil)
18290 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18291 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18292 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18293 to its second argument TM.
18295 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18297 ;;;***
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18300 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18303 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18304 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18305 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18308 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18310 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18312 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18313 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18315 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18316 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18318 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18319 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18320 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18321 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18322 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18323 is modified to remove the default indication.
18325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18327 ;;;***
18329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18332 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18333 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18334 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18335 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18336 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18337 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18338 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18339 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18340 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18342 \(fn)" t nil)
18344 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18345 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18346 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18347 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18348 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18349 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18350 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18351 The return value is always nil.
18353 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18359 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18361 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18362 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18364 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18365 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18366 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18367 next occurrence.
18369 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18370 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18371 end of the search space).
18373 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18374 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18375 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18376 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18377 should return the previous buffer to search.
18379 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18380 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18381 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18383 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18384 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18385 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18386 Isearch starts.")
18388 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18389 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18390 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18392 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18393 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18394 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18396 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18397 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18399 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18400 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18401 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18403 \(fn)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18406 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18407 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18408 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18409 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18410 whose names match the specified regexp.
18412 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18414 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18415 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18416 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18417 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18418 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18419 whose names match the specified regexp.
18421 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18423 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18424 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18425 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18426 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18427 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18428 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18429 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18431 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18433 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18434 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18435 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18436 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18437 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18438 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18439 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18441 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18443 ;;;***
18445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18446 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18448 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18450 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18451 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18453 \(fn)" t nil)
18455 ;;;***
18457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18458 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18461 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18462 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18464 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18466 ;;;***
18468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18469 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18472 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18473 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18475 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18477 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18478 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18479 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18480 the entire message.
18481 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18483 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18485 ;;;***
18487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18488 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18491 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18492 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18493 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18494 the entire message.
18495 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18497 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18499 ;;;***
18501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18502 ;;;;;; 720000))
18503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18505 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18506 Insert file contents of URL.
18507 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18511 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18512 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18516 ;;;***
18518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18519 ;;;;;; 720000))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18522 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18523 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18524 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18525 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18526 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18528 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18530 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18531 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18532 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18534 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18536 ;;;***
18538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18541 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18542 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18544 \(fn)" nil nil)
18546 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18547 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18548 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18549 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18550 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18552 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18553 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18554 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18555 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18556 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18557 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18559 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18561 ;;;***
18563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18564 ;;;;;; 720000))
18565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18567 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18570 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18572 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18575 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18577 ;;;***
18579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18580 ;;;;;; 720000))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18583 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18586 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18588 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18591 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18593 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18596 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18598 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18601 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18603 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18606 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18608 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18611 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18613 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18616 \(fn)" nil nil)
18618 ;;;***
18620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21862 60209
18621 ;;;;;; 618658 448000))
18622 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18624 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18626 ;;;***
18628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18629 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18632 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18634 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18635 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18636 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18637 followed by the first character of the construct.
18638 \\<m2-mode-map>
18639 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18640 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18641 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18642 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18643 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18644 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18645 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18646 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18647 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18648 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18649 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18650 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18651 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18652 \\[m2-link] link
18654 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18655 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18656 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18658 \(fn)" t nil)
18660 ;;;***
18662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18663 ;;;;;; 720000))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18666 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18667 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18669 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18671 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18672 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18676 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18677 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18681 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18682 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18684 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18686 ;;;***
18688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21670 32331 385639
18689 ;;;;;; 720000))
18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18692 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18693 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18695 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18696 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18697 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18699 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18700 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18701 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18703 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18704 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18706 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18707 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18708 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18709 hemisphere you're in.)
18711 To test this function, evaluate:
18712 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18714 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18716 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18717 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18719 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18720 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18722 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18723 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18724 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18726 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18727 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18729 To test this function, evaluate:
18730 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18732 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18734 ;;;***
18736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18739 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18740 Main entry point for MPC.
18742 \(fn)" t nil)
18744 ;;;***
18746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18749 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18750 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18752 \(fn)" t nil)
18754 ;;;***
18756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18759 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18760 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18761 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18764 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18766 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18768 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18769 Toggle Msb mode.
18770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18771 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18772 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18774 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18775 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18779 ;;;***
18781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21862
18782 ;;;;;; 60209 748658 481000))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18785 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18786 Display a list of all character sets.
18788 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18789 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18790 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18791 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18792 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18794 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18795 but still shows the full information.
18797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18799 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18800 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18801 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18803 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18804 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18805 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18806 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18807 meanings of these arguments.
18809 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18811 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18812 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18814 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18816 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18817 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18819 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18821 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18822 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18824 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18826 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18827 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18829 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18830 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18831 in place of `..':
18832 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18833 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18834 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18835 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18836 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18837 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18838 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18839 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18840 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18841 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18842 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18843 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18844 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18845 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18846 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18847 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18849 \(fn)" t nil)
18851 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18852 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18854 \(fn)" t nil)
18856 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18857 Display a list of all coding systems.
18858 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18860 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18861 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18865 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18866 Display a list of all coding categories.
18868 \(fn)" nil nil)
18870 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18871 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18872 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18874 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18876 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18877 Display information about FONTSET.
18878 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18880 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18882 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18883 Display a list of all fontsets.
18884 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18885 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18886 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18890 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18891 Display information about all input methods.
18893 \(fn)" t nil)
18895 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18896 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18898 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18899 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18900 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18901 system which uses fontsets).
18903 \(fn)" t nil)
18905 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18906 Show log of font listing and opening.
18907 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18908 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18910 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18912 ;;;***
18914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21670
18915 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18916 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18918 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18919 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18921 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18922 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18924 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18925 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18927 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18929 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18930 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18931 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18932 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18933 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18934 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18935 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18937 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18938 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18939 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18940 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18941 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18942 middle of a character in STR.
18944 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18945 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18947 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18948 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18949 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18950 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18951 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18953 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18955 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18956 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18958 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18959 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18960 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18962 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18963 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18964 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18966 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18967 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18968 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18969 are considered.
18970 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18971 longer than KEYSEQ.
18972 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18974 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18976 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18977 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18978 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18979 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18980 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18981 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18982 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18983 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18984 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18985 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18986 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18988 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18990 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18991 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18993 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18995 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18996 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18998 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19000 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19001 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19003 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19005 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19006 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19008 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19010 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19011 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19012 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19013 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19014 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19016 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19017 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19019 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19020 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19021 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19022 coding systems ordered by priority.
19024 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19026 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19028 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19029 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19030 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19031 language environment LANG-ENV.
19033 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19035 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19036 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19037 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19038 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19039 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19040 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19042 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19044 ;;;***
19046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19047 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19050 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19051 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19053 \(fn)" t nil)
19055 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19056 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19058 \(fn)" t nil)
19060 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19061 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19063 \(fn)" t nil)
19065 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19066 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19068 \(fn)" t nil)
19070 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19071 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19075 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19076 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19078 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19080 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19081 Ping HOST.
19082 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19083 `ping-program-options'.
19085 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19087 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19088 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19090 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19092 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19093 Run nslookup program.
19095 \(fn)" t nil)
19097 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19098 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19100 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19102 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19103 Run dig program.
19105 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19107 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19108 Run ftp program.
19110 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19112 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19113 Finger USER on HOST.
19115 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19117 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19118 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19119 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19120 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19122 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19124 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19129 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19130 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19132 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19134 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19135 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19137 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19139 ;;;***
19141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19142 ;;;;;; 720000))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19145 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19146 Return a user name/password pair.
19147 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19148 listed in the PORTS list.
19150 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19152 ;;;***
19154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19155 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19158 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19159 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19160 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19161 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19162 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19163 closes it.
19165 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19166 make it unique.
19167 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19168 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19169 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19170 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19171 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19172 a port number to connect to.
19174 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19175 values:
19177 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19178 nil or `network'
19179 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19180 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19181 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19182 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19183 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19184 an unencrypted connection.
19185 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19186 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19187 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19188 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19189 returned object is a killed process.
19190 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19191 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19192 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19194 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19195 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19196 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19197 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19198 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19199 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19200 or nil if none could be found.
19201 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19202 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19204 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19206 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19207 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19208 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19210 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19211 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19212 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19214 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19215 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19216 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19218 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19219 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19220 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19221 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19223 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19224 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19226 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19227 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19228 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19229 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19230 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19231 or STARTTLS connections.
19233 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19234 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19236 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19237 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19239 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19240 a greeting from the server.
19242 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19243 asynchronously, if possible.
19245 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19247 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19249 ;;;***
19251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19252 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19253 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19255 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19256 Check whether newsticker is running.
19257 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19258 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19260 \(fn)" nil nil)
19262 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19263 Start the newsticker.
19264 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19265 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19266 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19267 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19269 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19271 ;;;***
19273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19274 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19277 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19278 Start newsticker plainview.
19280 \(fn)" t nil)
19282 ;;;***
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19285 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19288 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19289 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19291 \(fn)" t nil)
19293 ;;;***
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19296 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19299 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19300 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19301 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19302 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19303 empty.
19305 \(fn)" nil nil)
19307 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19308 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19309 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19310 running already.
19312 \(fn)" t nil)
19314 ;;;***
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21670
19317 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19320 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19321 Start newsticker treeview.
19323 \(fn)" t nil)
19325 ;;;***
19327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21670 32331 385639
19328 ;;;;;; 720000))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19331 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19332 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19334 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19336 ;;;***
19338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21855 576 927958 586000))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19341 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19342 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19343 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19344 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19345 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19346 symbol in the alist.
19348 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19350 ;;;***
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19353 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19356 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19357 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19358 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19360 \(fn)" t nil)
19362 ;;;***
19364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19367 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19368 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19370 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19372 ;;;***
19374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19375 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19377 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19379 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19380 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19381 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19383 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19386 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19388 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19389 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19390 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19391 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19392 to future sessions.
19394 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19396 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19397 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19398 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19399 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19400 future sessions.
19402 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19404 ;;;***
19406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19407 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19410 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19411 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19412 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19413 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19414 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19415 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19417 \(fn)" t nil)
19419 ;;;***
19421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19423 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19425 ;;;***
19427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19428 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19429 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19431 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19432 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19433 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19434 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19436 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19438 ;;;***
19440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19441 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19444 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19445 Major mode for editing XML.
19447 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19448 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19449 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19450 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19451 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19452 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19453 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19455 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19457 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19458 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19460 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19461 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19462 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19463 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19464 instead of C-c.
19466 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19467 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19468 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19469 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19470 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19471 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19473 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19474 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19475 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19477 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19478 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19479 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19481 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19482 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19483 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19484 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19485 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19486 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19487 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19488 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19489 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19491 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19493 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19494 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19496 \(fn)" t nil)
19497 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19499 ;;;***
19501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19502 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19503 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19505 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19506 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19507 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19508 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19512 ;;;***
19514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21695 35516
19515 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19518 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19519 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19521 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19522 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19523 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19524 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19526 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19528 Key bindings:
19529 \\{octave-mode-map}
19531 \(fn)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19534 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19535 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19537 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19539 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19540 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19542 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19543 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19544 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19548 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19550 ;;;***
19552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21670 32331
19553 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19556 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19558 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19559 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19560 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19561 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19562 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19564 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19566 Customization:
19568 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19569 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19570 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19571 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19572 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19573 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19574 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19575 Directories to search when finding external units.
19576 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19577 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19579 Coloring:
19581 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19582 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19584 \(fn)" t nil)
19586 ;;;***
19588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21866 57262 677944 752000))
19589 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19591 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19592 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19594 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19597 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19598 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19599 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19600 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19601 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19603 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19605 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19606 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19607 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19608 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19609 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19611 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19613 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19614 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19616 \(fn)" nil nil)
19618 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19619 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19621 \(fn)" nil nil)
19623 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19624 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19625 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19627 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19628 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19629 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19630 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19631 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19632 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19633 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19634 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19635 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19636 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19638 The following commands are available:
19640 \\{org-mode-map}
19642 \(fn)" t nil)
19644 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19645 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19647 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19648 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19649 in special contexts.
19651 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19652 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19653 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19654 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19655 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19656 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19657 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19658 properties in the buffer.
19659 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19660 including any drawers.
19662 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19664 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19665 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19666 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19667 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19668 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19669 and zoom in further.
19670 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19671 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19673 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19674 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19675 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19676 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19677 times right after creating a new headline.
19679 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19680 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19681 is negative, go up that many levels.
19683 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19684 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19685 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19687 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19688 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19689 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19690 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19695 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19696 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19697 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19700 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19702 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19703 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19704 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19705 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19706 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19707 defined by Org-mode).
19709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19711 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19712 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19714 \(fn)" nil nil)
19716 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19717 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19719 \(fn)" nil nil)
19721 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19722 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19723 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19724 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19725 call CMD.
19727 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19729 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19730 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19731 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19732 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19734 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19735 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19736 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19738 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19739 part of Org's core.
19741 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19742 active region.
19744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19746 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19747 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19748 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19750 \(fn)" t nil)
19752 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19753 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19754 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19755 Org-mode syntax.
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19759 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19760 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19762 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19764 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19765 Switch between Org buffers.
19766 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19767 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19769 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19770 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19774 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19776 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19778 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19779 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19780 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19781 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19783 \(fn)" t nil)
19785 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19786 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19788 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19790 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19791 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19792 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19794 \(fn)" t nil)
19796 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19797 Reload all org lisp files.
19798 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19800 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19802 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19803 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19805 \(fn)" t nil)
19807 ;;;***
19809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21862 60209
19810 ;;;;;; 818658 502000))
19811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19813 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19814 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19819 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19820 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19821 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19823 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19824 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19825 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19826 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19827 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19828 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19829 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19830 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19831 e Export views to associated files.
19832 s Search entries for keywords.
19833 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19834 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19835 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19836 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19837 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19838 > Remove a previous restriction.
19839 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19840 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19841 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19843 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19844 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19845 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19847 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19848 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19849 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19850 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19851 \(if active).
19853 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19855 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19856 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19857 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19858 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19859 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19860 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19861 before running the agenda command.
19863 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19865 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19866 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19867 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19868 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19869 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19870 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19871 before running the agenda command.
19873 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19874 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19876 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19878 category The category of the item
19879 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19880 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19881 todo selected in TODO match
19882 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19883 diary imported from diary
19884 deadline a deadline on given date
19885 scheduled scheduled on given date
19886 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19887 closed entry was closed on given date
19888 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19889 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19890 block entry has date block including g. date
19891 todo The todo keyword, if any
19892 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19893 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19894 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19895 extra Sting with extra planning info
19896 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19897 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19898 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19900 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19902 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19903 Store agenda views.
19905 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19907 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19908 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19910 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19912 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19913 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19914 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19915 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19917 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19918 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19919 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19921 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19922 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19924 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19925 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19927 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19929 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19930 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19932 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19933 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19934 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19935 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19936 EDIT-AT.
19938 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19939 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19940 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19941 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19942 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19943 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19945 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19946 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19947 including newlines.
19949 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19950 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19951 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19952 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19953 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19954 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19955 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19957 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19958 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19959 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19960 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19962 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19963 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19964 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19965 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19966 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19967 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19968 Boolean search must match as full words.
19970 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19971 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19973 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19976 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19977 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19978 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19979 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19980 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19984 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19985 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19986 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19988 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19991 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19992 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19993 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19994 `org-stuck-projects'.
19996 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19998 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19999 Return diary information from org files.
20000 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20001 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20002 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20003 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20004 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20006 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20008 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20010 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20011 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20013 &%%(org-diary)
20015 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20016 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20017 So the example above may also be written as
20019 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20021 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20022 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20023 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20025 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20028 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20030 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20032 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20033 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20034 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20035 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20036 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20038 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20040 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20041 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20042 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20046 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20047 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20048 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20049 appointments.
20051 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20052 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20054 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20055 for filtering entries out.
20057 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20058 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20059 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20061 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20062 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20064 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20065 (category \"Work\"))
20067 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20068 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20070 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20071 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20072 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20073 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20074 details and examples.
20076 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20077 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20079 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20081 ;;;***
20083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21855 577
20084 ;;;;;; 287944 835000))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20087 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20088 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20090 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20092 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20093 Capture something.
20094 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20095 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20096 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20097 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20098 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20099 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20101 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20102 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20103 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20104 stored.
20106 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20108 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20109 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20110 will be bypassed.
20112 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20113 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20114 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20115 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20117 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20119 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20120 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20122 \(fn)" t nil)
20124 ;;;***
20126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21670 32331
20127 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20130 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20131 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20133 \(fn)" t nil)
20135 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20138 \(fn)" nil nil)
20140 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20141 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20142 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20144 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20146 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20147 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20149 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20151 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20152 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20154 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20156 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20157 Write the column view table.
20158 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20160 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20161 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20162 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20163 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20164 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20165 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20166 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20167 using `org-id-find'.
20168 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20169 a hline before each level <= that number.
20170 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20171 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20172 :skip-empty-rows
20173 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20174 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20176 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20178 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20179 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20181 \(fn)" t nil)
20183 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20184 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20188 ;;;***
20190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21852 24381
20191 ;;;;;; 787238 943000))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20194 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20195 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20197 \(fn)" nil t)
20199 ;;;***
20201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20202 ;;;;;; 835000))
20203 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20205 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20206 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20208 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20210 ;;;***
20212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20213 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20214 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20216 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20217 The release version of org-mode.
20218 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20220 \(fn)" nil nil)
20222 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20223 The Git version of org-mode.
20224 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20226 \(fn)" nil nil)
20228 ;;;***
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20231 ;;;;;; 443000))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20233 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20234 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20236 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20237 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20238 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20239 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20241 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20242 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20243 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20244 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20246 \\{outline-mode-map}
20247 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20248 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20249 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20250 are used when point is on a heading line.
20252 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20253 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20254 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20256 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20257 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20259 \(fn)" t nil)
20261 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20262 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20267 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20270 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20272 ;;;***
20274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21865 36399
20275 ;;;;;; 18126 278000))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20277 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20279 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20280 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20281 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20282 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20283 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20285 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20286 activate the package system at any time.")
20288 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20290 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20291 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20292 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20293 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20294 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20295 it to the file.
20297 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20299 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20300 Import keys from FILE.
20302 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20305 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20306 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20307 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20308 and make them available for download.
20309 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20310 downloads in the background.
20312 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20314 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20315 Install the package PKG.
20316 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20317 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20319 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20320 `package-selected-packages'.
20322 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20323 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20325 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20327 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20328 Install a package from the current buffer.
20329 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20330 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20331 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20333 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20334 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20335 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20337 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20339 \(fn)" t nil)
20341 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20342 Install a package from a file.
20343 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20345 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20347 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20348 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20349 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20351 \(fn)" t nil)
20353 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20354 Reinstall package PKG.
20355 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20356 object.
20358 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20360 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20361 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20363 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20364 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20365 will be deleted.
20367 \(fn)" t nil)
20369 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20370 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20372 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20374 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20375 Display a list of packages.
20376 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20377 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20378 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20380 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20382 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20384 ;;;***
20386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20389 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20390 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20391 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20394 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20396 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20398 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20399 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20404 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20405 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20406 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20410 ;;;***
20412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20413 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20415 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20417 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20418 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20419 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20420 unknown are returned as nil.
20422 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20424 ;;;***
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20427 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20430 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20431 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20432 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20434 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20435 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20437 Other useful functions are:
20439 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20440 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20441 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20442 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20443 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20444 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20445 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20446 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20447 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20449 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20451 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20452 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20453 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20454 Indentation for case statements.
20455 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20456 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20457 mark after an end.
20458 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20459 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20460 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20461 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20462 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20463 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20464 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20465 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20466 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20467 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20469 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20470 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20472 \(fn)" t nil)
20474 ;;;***
20476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20477 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20478 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20480 (defvar password-cache t "\
20481 Whether to cache passwords.")
20483 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20485 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20486 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20487 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20489 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20491 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20492 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20494 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20496 ;;;***
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21862 60209
20499 ;;;;;; 658658 512000))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20502 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20503 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20504 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20506 Patterns can take the following forms:
20507 _ matches anything.
20508 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20509 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20510 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20511 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20512 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20513 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20514 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20515 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20516 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20517 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20518 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20520 FUN can take the form
20521 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20522 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20523 which is the value being matched.
20524 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20525 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20526 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20527 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20528 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20529 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20530 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20532 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20533 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20535 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20537 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20539 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20540 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20542 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20544 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20546 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20547 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20548 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20549 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20550 variable name being but a special case of it).
20552 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20554 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20556 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20558 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20559 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20560 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20561 of the form (PAT EXP).
20563 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20565 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20567 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20568 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20569 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20570 of the form (PAT EXP).
20571 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20572 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20573 any kind of error.
20575 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20577 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20579 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20582 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20584 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20586 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20587 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20588 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20589 to this macro.
20591 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20593 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20595 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20597 ;;;***
20599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21857 42300 397266
20600 ;;;;;; 599000))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20603 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20604 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20606 \(fn)" nil nil)
20608 ;;;***
20610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20611 ;;;;;; 720000))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20615 Completion for `gzip'.
20617 \(fn)" nil nil)
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20620 Completion for `bzip2'.
20622 \(fn)" nil nil)
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20625 Completion for GNU `make'.
20627 \(fn)" nil nil)
20629 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20630 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20632 \(fn)" nil nil)
20634 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20636 ;;;***
20638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20639 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20640 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20642 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20643 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20645 \(fn)" nil nil)
20647 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20648 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20650 \(fn)" nil nil)
20652 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20653 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20655 \(fn)" nil nil)
20657 ;;;***
20659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20660 ;;;;;; 720000))
20661 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20663 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20664 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20666 \(fn)" nil nil)
20668 ;;;***
20670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20671 ;;;;;; 422000))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20674 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20675 Completion for `cd'.
20677 \(fn)" nil nil)
20679 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20681 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20682 Completion for `rmdir'.
20684 \(fn)" nil nil)
20686 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20687 Completion for `rm'.
20689 \(fn)" nil nil)
20691 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20692 Completion for `xargs'.
20694 \(fn)" nil nil)
20696 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20698 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20699 Completion for `which'.
20701 \(fn)" nil nil)
20703 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20704 Completion for the `chown' command.
20706 \(fn)" nil nil)
20708 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20709 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20711 \(fn)" nil nil)
20713 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20714 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20716 \(fn)" nil nil)
20718 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20719 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20720 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20722 \(fn)" nil nil)
20724 ;;;***
20726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20727 ;;;;;; 720000))
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20730 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20731 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20733 \(fn)" nil nil)
20735 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20736 Completion for the `ack' command.
20737 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20738 long options.
20740 \(fn)" nil nil)
20742 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20744 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20745 Completion for the `ag' command.
20747 \(fn)" nil nil)
20749 ;;;***
20751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20752 ;;;;;; 119000))
20753 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20755 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20756 Support extensible programmable completion.
20757 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20758 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20760 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20762 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20763 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20765 \(fn)" t nil)
20767 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20768 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20769 This will modify the current buffer.
20771 \(fn)" t nil)
20773 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20774 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20776 \(fn)" t nil)
20778 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20779 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20780 This will modify the current buffer.
20782 \(fn)" t nil)
20784 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20785 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20789 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20790 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20792 \(fn)" t nil)
20794 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20795 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20796 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20797 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20798 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20800 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20802 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20803 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20805 \(fn)" nil nil)
20807 ;;;***
20809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20810 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20812 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20813 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20814 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20815 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20817 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20819 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20821 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20822 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20823 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20824 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20825 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20826 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20827 FLAGS is ignored.
20829 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20831 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20832 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20833 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20834 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20835 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20836 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20837 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20838 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20840 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20842 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20843 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20844 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20845 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20846 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20847 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20848 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20849 passed to cvs.
20851 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20853 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20854 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20855 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20856 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20857 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20858 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20859 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20861 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20863 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20864 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20865 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20867 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20869 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20870 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20871 A value of nil means never do it.
20872 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20873 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20874 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20876 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20878 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20879 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20880 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20882 ;;;***
20884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20885 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20888 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20889 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20891 ;;;***
20893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21670
20894 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20896 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20897 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20898 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20899 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20900 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20901 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20903 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20904 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20905 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20906 Tab indents for Perl code.
20907 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20908 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20909 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20910 \\{perl-mode-map}
20911 Variables controlling indentation style:
20912 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20913 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20915 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20916 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20917 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20918 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20919 `perl-nochange'
20920 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20921 `perl-indent-level'
20922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20925 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20927 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20928 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20930 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20931 `perl-brace-offset'
20932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20933 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20935 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20936 `perl-label-offset'
20937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20938 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20939 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20941 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20942 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20943 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20944 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20945 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20946 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20947 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20949 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20951 \(fn)" t nil)
20953 ;;;***
20955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20956 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20959 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20960 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20961 \\<picture-mode-map>
20962 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20963 afterwards settable by these commands:
20965 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20966 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20967 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20968 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20970 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20971 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20972 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20973 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20975 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20976 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20977 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20978 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20980 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20981 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20982 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20983 with these commands:
20985 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20986 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20987 Move to column following last
20988 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20989 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20990 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20991 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20992 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20993 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20995 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20997 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20998 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20999 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21000 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21001 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21002 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21004 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21005 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21006 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21007 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21008 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21009 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21010 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21012 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21013 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21014 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21015 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21016 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21017 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21018 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21019 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21021 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21022 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21023 by supplying an argument.
21025 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21027 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21028 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21030 \(fn)" t nil)
21032 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21034 ;;;***
21036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21037 ;;;;;; 633000))
21038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21040 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21041 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21043 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21045 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21046 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21048 \(fn)" t nil)
21050 ;;;***
21052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21053 ;;;;;; 586000))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21056 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21057 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21058 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21060 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21062 ;;;***
21064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21067 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21068 Play pong and waste time.
21069 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21070 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21072 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21074 \\{pong-mode-map}
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21078 ;;;***
21080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21083 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21084 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21085 Use streaming commands.
21087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21089 ;;;***
21091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21092 ;;;;;; 725000))
21093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21095 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21096 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21097 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21098 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21100 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21102 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21103 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21105 \(fn)" nil nil)
21107 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21108 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21109 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21110 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21111 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21113 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21115 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21116 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21117 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21119 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21122 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21124 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21126 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21127 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21128 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21129 Ignores leading comment characters.
21131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21133 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21134 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21135 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21136 Ignores leading comment characters.
21138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21140 ;;;***
21142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21143 ;;;;;; 720000))
21144 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21145 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21147 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21148 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21150 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21152 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21154 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21156 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21157 Preview directory using ghostview.
21159 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21160 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21161 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21162 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21164 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21165 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21166 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21167 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21168 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21169 file name.
21171 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21173 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21176 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21178 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21179 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21180 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21181 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21183 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21184 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21185 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21186 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21187 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21188 file name.
21190 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21192 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21195 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21197 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21198 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21199 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21200 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21202 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21203 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21204 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21205 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21206 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21207 file name.
21209 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21211 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21214 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21216 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21218 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21219 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21220 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21221 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21223 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21224 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21225 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21226 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21227 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21228 file name.
21230 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21232 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21235 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21237 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21238 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21239 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21241 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21242 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21243 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21244 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21249 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21251 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21252 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21253 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21255 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21256 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21257 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21258 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21260 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21263 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21265 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21266 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21267 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21269 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21270 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21271 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21272 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21274 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21279 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21281 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21282 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21283 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21285 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21286 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21287 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21288 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21290 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21293 Preview region using ghostview.
21295 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21297 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21300 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21302 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21304 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21307 Print region using PostScript printer.
21309 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21311 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21314 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21316 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21318 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21320 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21321 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21323 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21325 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21328 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21330 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21332 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21335 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21337 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21339 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21341 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21342 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21344 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21346 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21349 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21350 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21351 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21353 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21354 matching.
21356 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21357 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21359 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21361 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21364 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21365 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21366 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21370 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21371 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21372 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21373 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21378 Print directory using text printer.
21380 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21381 matching.
21383 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21384 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21386 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21388 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21390 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21391 Print buffer using text printer.
21393 \(fn)" t nil)
21395 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21396 Print region using text printer.
21398 \(fn)" t nil)
21400 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21401 Print major mode using text printer.
21403 \(fn)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21406 Preview spooled PostScript.
21408 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21409 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21410 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21412 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21413 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21414 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21416 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21418 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21419 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21421 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21422 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21423 instead of sending it to the printer.
21425 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21426 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21427 image in a file with that name.
21429 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21432 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21434 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21435 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21436 instead of sending it to the printer.
21438 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21439 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21440 image in a file with that name.
21442 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21445 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21447 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21448 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21449 instead of sending it to the printer.
21451 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21452 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21453 image in a file with that name.
21455 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21458 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21460 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21463 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21465 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21468 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21470 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21473 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21475 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21478 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21480 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21483 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21485 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21486 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21487 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21488 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21490 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21491 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21492 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21493 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21494 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21495 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21496 file name.
21498 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21501 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21505 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21506 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21508 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21509 right.
21510 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21511 bottom.
21513 \(fn)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21516 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21518 \(fn)" t nil)
21520 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21521 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21523 \(fn)" t nil)
21525 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21526 Toggle printing with faces.
21528 \(fn)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21531 Toggle spooling.
21533 \(fn)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21536 Toggle duplex.
21538 \(fn)" t nil)
21540 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21541 Toggle tumble.
21543 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21544 right.
21545 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21546 bottom.
21548 \(fn)" t nil)
21550 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21551 Toggle landscape.
21553 \(fn)" t nil)
21555 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21556 Toggle upside-down.
21558 \(fn)" t nil)
21560 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21561 Toggle line number.
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21566 Toggle zebra stripes.
21568 \(fn)" t nil)
21570 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21571 Toggle printing header.
21573 \(fn)" t nil)
21575 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21576 Toggle printing header frame.
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21580 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21581 Toggle menu lock.
21583 \(fn)" t nil)
21585 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21586 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21588 \(fn)" t nil)
21590 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21591 Toggle auto mode.
21593 \(fn)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21596 Customization of the `printing' group.
21598 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21601 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21603 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21606 Help for the printing package.
21608 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21611 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21613 \(fn)" t nil)
21615 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21616 Interactively select a text printer.
21618 \(fn)" t nil)
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21621 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21623 \(fn)" t nil)
21625 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21626 Show current ps-print settings.
21628 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21630 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21631 Show current printing settings.
21633 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21635 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21636 Show current lpr settings.
21638 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21641 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21643 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21644 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21645 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21646 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21649 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21651 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21652 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21653 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21655 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21656 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21657 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21658 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21659 current active printer.
21661 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21662 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21663 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21664 printer.
21666 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21667 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21668 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21669 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21670 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21673 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21674 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21676 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21678 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21679 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21680 be done using the new current active printer.
21682 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21683 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21684 printer.
21686 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21687 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21688 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21689 instead of sending it to the printer.
21691 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21692 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21693 printer.
21695 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21698 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21699 are both set to t.
21701 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21703 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21704 Fast fire function for text printing.
21706 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21707 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21708 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21709 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21711 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21712 user for a new active text printer.
21714 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21716 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21718 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21719 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21720 printer.
21722 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21724 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21725 are both set to t.
21727 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21729 ;;;***
21731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21732 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21734 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21735 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21736 \\<proced-mode-map>
21737 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21738 the process information.
21740 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21742 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21743 Proced buffers.
21745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21747 ;;;***
21749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21670 32331 385639
21750 ;;;;;; 720000))
21751 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21753 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21754 Start/restart profilers.
21755 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21756 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21757 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21759 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21761 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21762 Open profile FILENAME.
21764 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21767 Open profile FILENAME.
21769 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21771 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21772 Open profile FILENAME.
21774 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21776 ;;;***
21778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21779 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21782 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21783 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21785 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21786 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21788 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21790 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21791 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21793 Commands:
21794 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21796 \(fn)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21799 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21800 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21802 \(fn)" t nil)
21804 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21805 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21806 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21810 ;;;***
21812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21813 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21815 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21816 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21817 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21819 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21821 ;;;***
21823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21824 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21826 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21828 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21829 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21831 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21833 The following variables hold user options, and can
21834 be set through the `customize' command:
21836 `ps-mode-tab'
21837 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21838 `ps-mode-print-function'
21839 `ps-run-prompt'
21840 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21841 `ps-run-x'
21842 `ps-run-dumb'
21843 `ps-run-init'
21844 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21845 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21847 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21850 \\{ps-mode-map}
21853 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21854 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21855 The keymap for this second window is:
21857 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21860 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21861 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21862 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21863 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21864 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21866 \(fn)" t nil)
21868 ;;;***
21870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21855 577 457945
21871 ;;;;;; 244000))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21873 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21875 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21876 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21877 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21879 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21881 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21882 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21883 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21884 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21886 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21888 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21889 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21891 Valid values are:
21893 nil Do not print colors.
21895 t Print colors.
21897 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21898 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21900 Any other value is treated as t.")
21902 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21904 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21905 Customization of ps-print group.
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21910 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21913 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21914 sending it to the printer.
21916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21918 image in a file with that name.
21920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21922 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21923 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21924 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21925 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21926 so it has a way to determine color values.
21928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21930 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21931 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21932 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21934 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21936 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21937 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21938 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21939 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21940 so it has a way to determine color values.
21942 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21944 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21945 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21946 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21947 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21949 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21951 \(fn)" t nil)
21953 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21954 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21955 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21956 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21957 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21959 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21961 \(fn)" t nil)
21963 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21964 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21965 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21967 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21969 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21971 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21972 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21973 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21974 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21975 so it has a way to determine color values.
21977 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21979 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21981 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21982 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21984 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21985 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21986 instead of sending it to the printer.
21988 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21989 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21990 image in a file with that name.
21992 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21994 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21995 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21996 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21997 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21998 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22000 \(fn)" t nil)
22002 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22003 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22004 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22006 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22008 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22009 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22010 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22012 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22014 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22015 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22017 \(fn)" nil nil)
22019 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22020 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22022 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22023 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22025 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22026 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22028 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22030 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22032 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22034 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22035 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22037 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22038 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22040 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22041 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22043 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22045 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22047 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22049 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22050 foreground and background colors respectively.
22052 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22053 bold - use bold font.
22054 italic - use italic font.
22055 underline - put a line under text.
22056 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22057 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22058 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22059 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22060 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22062 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22064 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22066 ;;;***
22068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21834 32653 960520
22069 ;;;;;; 248000))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22071 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22073 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22074 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22075 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22077 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22079 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22080 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22081 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22083 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22085 ;;;***
22087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21855 577 407510
22088 ;;;;;; 166000))
22089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22090 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22092 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22094 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22096 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22097 Run an inferior Python process.
22099 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22100 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22101 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22102 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22103 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22105 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22106 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22107 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22108 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22110 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22111 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22112 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22114 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22116 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22117 Major mode for editing Python files.
22119 \\{python-mode-map}
22121 \(fn)" t nil)
22123 ;;;***
22125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22128 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22129 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22130 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22131 coding-system.
22133 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22134 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22136 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22137 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22138 them into characters should be done separately.
22140 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22142 ;;;***
22144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21829 62890
22145 ;;;;;; 321199 861000))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22148 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22149 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22151 \(fn)" nil nil)
22153 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22154 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22155 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22157 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22158 `quail-activate', which see.
22160 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22162 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22163 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22164 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22165 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22166 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22167 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22168 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22170 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22171 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22172 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22173 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22174 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22175 shown.
22176 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22178 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22179 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22180 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22181 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22182 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22183 list of candidates.
22185 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22186 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22187 command to be called.
22189 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22190 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22191 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22192 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22194 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22195 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22196 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22197 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22198 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22199 to t.
22201 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22202 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22203 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22204 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22206 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22207 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22208 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22209 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22210 defines no translations for single character keys.
22212 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22213 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22214 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22215 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22216 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22217 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22219 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22220 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22221 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22222 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22223 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22224 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22226 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22227 covers Quail translation region.
22229 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22230 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22231 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22232 for it) is inserted.
22234 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22235 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22236 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22238 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22239 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22240 non-Quail commands.
22242 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22244 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22245 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22247 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22248 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22249 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22250 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22251 you type is correctly handled.
22253 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22255 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22256 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22258 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22259 keyboard type.
22261 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22263 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22264 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22265 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22268 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22269 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22270 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22271 for the translation.
22272 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22274 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22275 it is used to handle KEY.
22277 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22278 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22279 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22280 the following annotation types are supported.
22282 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22283 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22285 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22286 candidate list.
22288 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22289 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22290 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22291 inserted.
22293 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22294 generated for the following translations.
22296 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22298 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22299 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22301 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22302 which to install MAP.
22304 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22306 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22308 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22309 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22311 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22312 which to install MAP.
22314 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22316 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22318 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22319 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22320 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22321 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22322 a function, or a cons.
22323 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22324 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22325 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22326 for the translation.
22327 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22328 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22329 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22330 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22331 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22333 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22334 it is used to handle KEY.
22336 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22337 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22338 current Quail package.
22340 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22341 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22343 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22345 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22346 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22348 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22349 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22351 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22353 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22354 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22356 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22358 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22359 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22360 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22361 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22362 of the Emacs source tree.
22364 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22365 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22367 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22368 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22369 of each directory.
22371 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22373 ;;;***
22375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22376 ;;;;;; 41522 196747 399000))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22379 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22380 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22381 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22382 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22384 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22386 ;;;***
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22389 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22392 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22393 Activate UCS input method.
22394 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22396 While this input method is active, the variable
22397 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22399 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22401 ;;;***
22403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22404 ;;;;;; 720000))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22407 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22408 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22409 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22410 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22412 To make use of this do something like:
22414 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22416 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22418 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22419 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22421 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22422 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22423 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22425 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22427 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22428 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22430 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22433 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22435 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22436 is decided.
22438 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22440 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22441 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22443 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22444 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22445 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22447 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22449 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22450 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22452 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22454 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22455 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22457 \(fn)" t nil)
22459 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22460 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22462 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22464 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22466 \(fn)" t nil)
22468 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22469 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22471 \(fn)" t nil)
22473 ;;;***
22475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21855 577 167944 784000))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22478 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22479 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22481 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22483 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22485 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22487 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22489 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22492 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22494 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22495 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22496 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22499 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22501 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22503 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22504 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22506 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22507 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22511 ;;;***
22513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22514 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22517 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22519 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22520 Construct a regexp interactively.
22521 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22522 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22523 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22525 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22526 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22528 \(fn)" t nil)
22530 ;;;***
22532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21852 24381 997231
22533 ;;;;;; 450000))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22536 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22537 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22538 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22541 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22543 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22545 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22546 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22549 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22551 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22552 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22553 were operated on recently.
22555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22557 ;;;***
22559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22562 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22563 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22564 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22565 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22566 ends.
22568 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22569 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22570 to be deleted.
22572 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22574 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22575 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22576 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22578 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22579 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22580 deleted.
22582 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22584 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22585 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22586 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22588 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22590 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22591 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22593 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22594 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22596 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22597 deleted.
22599 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22600 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22601 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22602 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22603 even beep.)
22605 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22607 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22608 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22612 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22613 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22615 \(fn)" t nil)
22617 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22618 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22619 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22620 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22621 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22622 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22623 and point is at the lower right corner.
22625 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22627 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22628 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22630 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22631 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22633 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22634 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22635 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22637 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22639 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22641 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22642 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22643 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22644 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22645 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22647 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22648 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22650 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22652 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22653 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22654 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22656 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22658 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22660 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22662 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22663 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22665 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22666 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22667 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22669 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22671 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22672 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22673 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22675 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22676 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22677 rectangle which were empty.
22679 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22681 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22682 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22684 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22685 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22686 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22687 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22689 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22691 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22692 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22693 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22697 ;;;***
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22700 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22703 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22704 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22709 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22710 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22711 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22712 auto-filling.
22714 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22718 ;;;***
22720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21833 60086
22721 ;;;;;; 84775 646000))
22722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22723 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22724 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22725 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22726 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22728 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22729 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22731 \(fn)" nil nil)
22733 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22734 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22736 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22737 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22739 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22740 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22741 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22742 \\ref macro.
22744 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22745 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22746 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22748 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22749 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22750 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22752 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22753 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22755 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22756 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22758 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22759 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22760 on the menu bar.
22762 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22766 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22767 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22768 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22770 \(fn)" nil nil)
22772 ;;;***
22774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21743
22775 ;;;;;; 190 195328 729000))
22776 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22777 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22778 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22779 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22780 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22782 ;;;***
22784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22785 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22788 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22789 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22790 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22791 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22792 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22793 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22795 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22796 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22798 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22799 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22800 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22801 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22803 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22805 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22806 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22807 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22808 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22810 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22812 ;;;***
22814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22815 ;;;;;; 725000))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22817 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22819 ;;;***
22821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22822 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22824 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22826 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22827 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22828 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22829 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22831 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22833 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22835 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22836 Call `remember' in another frame.
22838 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22840 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22841 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22842 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22844 \(fn)" t nil)
22846 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22847 Extract diary entries from the region.
22849 \(fn)" nil nil)
22851 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22852 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22853 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22854 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22856 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22858 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22859 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22860 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22861 minor mode.
22863 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22865 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22866 Return the buffer.
22868 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22869 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22870 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22872 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22874 ;;;***
22876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22878 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22880 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22881 Repeat most recently executed command.
22882 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22883 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22884 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22886 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22887 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22888 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22889 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22891 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22892 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22893 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22895 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22897 ;;;***
22899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22900 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22903 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22904 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22906 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22907 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22908 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22909 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22910 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22911 and point is left after the salutation.
22913 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22914 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22915 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22916 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22917 left after that text.
22919 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22920 is non-nil.
22922 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22923 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22924 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22925 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22927 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22929 ;;;***
22931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
22932 ;;;;;; 586000))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22935 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22936 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22937 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22938 visibility of comments that precede it.
22939 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22940 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22941 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22942 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22943 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22944 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22945 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22946 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22947 the comment lines.
22948 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22949 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22950 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22951 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22952 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22956 ;;;***
22958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22961 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22962 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22965 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22967 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22968 reveals invisible text around point.
22970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22972 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22973 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22974 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22977 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22979 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22981 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22982 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22983 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22991 ;;;***
22993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
22994 ;;;;;; 725000))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22997 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22998 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23000 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23002 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23003 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23005 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23007 ;;;***
23009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21852 24381 727234
23010 ;;;;;; 912000))
23011 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23013 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23014 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23015 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23016 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23018 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23020 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23021 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23022 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23023 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23025 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23026 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23028 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23029 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23031 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23032 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23033 INPUT-ARGS.
23035 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23036 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23037 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23038 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23039 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23041 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23042 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23043 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23044 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23046 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23047 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23048 variable.
23050 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23052 ;;;***
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21862 60482 540812
23055 ;;;;;; 493000))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23058 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23059 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23061 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23063 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23065 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23066 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23067 Its name should end with a slash.")
23069 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23070 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23072 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23073 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23074 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23076 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23078 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23079 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23080 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23081 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23082 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23083 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23084 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23086 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23087 sent by you under different user names.
23088 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23090 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23092 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23096 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23097 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23098 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23099 explicitly.")
23101 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23103 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23104 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23105 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23106 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23107 which normally happens once for each message,
23108 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23109 To make a change in this variable take effect
23110 for a message that you have already viewed,
23111 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23113 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23115 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23116 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23117 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23118 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23120 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23122 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23123 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23125 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23127 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23128 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23129 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23131 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23133 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23134 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23135 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23136 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23137 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23138 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23140 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23142 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23143 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23145 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23147 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23148 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23150 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23152 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23153 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23155 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23156 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23158 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23160 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23161 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23163 This is set to nil by default.")
23165 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23166 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23167 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23168 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23169 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23170 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23171 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23173 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23174 Read and edit incoming mail.
23175 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23176 file in RMAIL Mode.
23177 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23179 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23180 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23181 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23182 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23184 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23186 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23188 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23189 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23190 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23191 Instead, these commands are available:
23193 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23194 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23195 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23196 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23197 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23198 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23199 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23200 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23201 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23202 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23203 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23204 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23205 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23206 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23207 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23208 till a deleted message is found.
23209 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23210 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23211 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23212 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23213 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23214 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23215 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23216 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23217 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23218 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23219 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23220 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23221 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23222 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23223 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23224 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23225 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23226 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23227 (label defaults to last one specified).
23228 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23229 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23230 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23231 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23232 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23233 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23234 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23235 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23236 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23238 \(fn)" t nil)
23240 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23241 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23243 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23245 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23246 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23248 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23250 ;;;***
23252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23253 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23255 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23257 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23258 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23259 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23260 case it writes Babyl.
23262 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23263 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23264 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23265 `rmail-default-file'.
23267 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23268 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23269 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23271 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23272 the header display is currently pruned.
23274 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23275 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23276 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23277 messages after output.
23279 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23280 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23281 message (if writing a file directly).
23283 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23284 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23286 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23288 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23289 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23290 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23291 i) the header is output as currently seen
23292 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23293 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23295 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23296 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23297 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23299 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23301 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23302 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23303 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23304 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23305 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23306 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23307 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23309 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23310 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23311 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23313 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23315 ;;;***
23317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23318 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23321 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23322 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23323 Return a pattern.
23325 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23327 ;;;***
23329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23330 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23331 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23333 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23334 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23335 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23336 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23338 \(fn)" t nil)
23340 ;;;***
23342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21670 32331
23343 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23346 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23347 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23349 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23350 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23351 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23352 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23353 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23354 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23355 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23356 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23357 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23358 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23360 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23361 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23362 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23363 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23364 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23365 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23366 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23367 to use for finding the schema.
23369 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23371 ;;;***
23373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23374 ;;;;;; 720000))
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23377 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23379 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23380 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23381 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23382 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23383 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23384 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23385 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23386 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23387 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23388 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23389 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23390 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23391 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23392 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23393 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23394 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23395 must be equal.
23397 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23399 ;;;***
23401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21824 5851
23402 ;;;;;; 711914 99000))
23403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23405 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23406 Define a robin package.
23408 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23409 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23410 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23411 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23413 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23414 one replaces the old one.
23416 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23418 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23419 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23421 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23422 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23423 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23425 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23427 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23428 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23430 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23432 ;;;***
23434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23437 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23438 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23440 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23442 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23443 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23445 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23447 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23448 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23452 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23453 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23454 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23456 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23457 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23458 in ROT13.
23460 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23462 \(fn)" t nil)
23464 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23465 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23469 ;;;***
23471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21852 24382 77263
23472 ;;;;;; 112000))
23473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23474 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23476 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23477 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23478 \\<rst-mode-map>
23480 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23481 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23482 highlighting.
23484 \\{rst-mode-map}
23486 \(fn)" t nil)
23488 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23489 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23490 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23491 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23492 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23494 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23495 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23496 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23500 ;;;***
23502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21855
23503 ;;;;;; 577 437945 800000))
23504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23505 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23507 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23508 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23510 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23512 \(fn)" t nil)
23514 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23516 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23518 ;;;***
23520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21670 32331 885635
23521 ;;;;;; 586000))
23522 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23523 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23525 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23526 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23527 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23529 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23530 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23532 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23537 ;;;***
23539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21807 35879 352666
23540 ;;;;;; 863000))
23541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23543 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23544 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23545 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23546 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23548 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23550 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23551 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23552 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23554 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23555 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23556 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23558 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23559 notation.
23561 STRING
23562 matches string STRING literally.
23564 CHAR
23565 matches character CHAR literally.
23567 `not-newline', `nonl'
23568 matches any character except a newline.
23570 `anything'
23571 matches any character
23573 `(any SET ...)'
23574 `(in SET ...)'
23575 `(char SET ...)'
23576 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23577 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23578 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23580 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23581 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23582 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23583 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23585 `(not (any SET ...))'
23586 matches any character not in SET ...
23588 `line-start', `bol'
23589 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23590 in the text being matched
23592 `line-end', `eol'
23593 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23595 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23596 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23597 string being matched against.
23599 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23600 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23601 string being matched against.
23603 `buffer-start'
23604 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23605 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23607 `buffer-end'
23608 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23609 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23611 `point'
23612 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23614 `word-start', `bow'
23615 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23617 `word-end', `eow'
23618 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23620 `word-boundary'
23621 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23622 word.
23624 `(not word-boundary)'
23625 `not-word-boundary'
23626 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23627 word.
23629 `symbol-start'
23630 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23632 `symbol-end'
23633 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23635 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23636 matches 0 through 9.
23638 `control', `cntrl'
23639 matches ASCII control characters.
23641 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23642 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23644 `blank'
23645 matches space and tab only.
23647 `graphic', `graph'
23648 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23649 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23650 unassigned by Unicode.
23652 `printing', `print'
23653 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23655 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23656 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23657 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23659 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23660 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23661 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23663 `ascii'
23664 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23666 `nonascii'
23667 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23669 `lower', `lower-case'
23670 matches anything lower-case.
23672 `upper', `upper-case'
23673 matches anything upper-case.
23675 `punctuation', `punct'
23676 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23677 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23679 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23680 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23682 `word', `wordchar'
23683 matches anything that has word syntax.
23685 `not-wordchar'
23686 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23688 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23689 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23690 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23691 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23693 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23694 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23695 `word' (\\sw)
23696 `symbol' (\\s_)
23697 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23698 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23699 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23700 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23701 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23702 `escape' (\\s\\)
23703 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23704 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23705 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23706 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23707 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23709 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23710 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23712 `(category CATEGORY)'
23713 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23714 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23716 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23717 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23718 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23719 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23720 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23721 `symbol' (\\c5)
23722 `digit' (\\c6)
23723 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23724 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23725 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23726 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23727 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23728 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23729 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23730 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23731 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23732 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23733 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23734 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23735 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23736 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23737 `ascii' (\\ca)
23738 `arabic' (\\cb)
23739 `chinese' (\\cc)
23740 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23741 `greek' (\\cg)
23742 `korean' (\\ch)
23743 `indian' (\\ci)
23744 `japanese' (\\cj)
23745 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23746 `latin' (\\cl)
23747 `lao' (\\co)
23748 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23749 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23750 `thai' (\\ct)
23751 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23752 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23753 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23754 `can-break' (\\c|)
23756 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23757 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23759 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23760 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23761 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23762 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23763 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23765 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23766 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23767 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23768 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23770 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23771 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23772 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23773 group number N.
23775 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23776 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23777 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23778 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23779 regular expression.
23781 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23782 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23783 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23784 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23785 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23787 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23788 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23790 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23791 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23793 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23794 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23795 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23797 `(* SEXP ...)'
23798 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23799 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23801 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23802 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23803 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23805 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23806 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23807 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23809 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23810 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23812 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23813 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23815 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23816 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23817 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23818 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23820 `(? SEXP ...)'
23821 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23823 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23824 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23826 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23827 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23828 matches N occurrences.
23830 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23831 matches N or more occurrences.
23833 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23834 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23835 matches N to M occurrences.
23837 `(backref N)'
23838 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23840 `(eval FORM)'
23841 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23842 `regexp-quote' it.
23844 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23845 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23847 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23849 ;;;***
23851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23852 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23854 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23856 ;;;***
23858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23859 ;;;;;; 586000))
23860 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23861 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23863 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23864 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23865 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23868 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23870 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23872 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23873 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23878 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23879 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23880 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23881 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23883 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23884 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23885 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23889 ;;;***
23891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23892 ;;;;;; 61000))
23893 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23895 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23896 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23897 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23899 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23900 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23902 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23904 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23905 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23906 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23907 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23911 ;;;***
23913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23914 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23917 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23918 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23919 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23921 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23922 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23923 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23924 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23925 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23926 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23927 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23928 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23930 Commands:
23931 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23932 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23933 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23935 \(fn)" t nil)
23937 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23938 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23939 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23941 Commands:
23942 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23943 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23944 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23945 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23946 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23947 that variable's value is a string.
23949 \(fn)" t nil)
23951 ;;;***
23953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
23954 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23957 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23958 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23959 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23961 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23963 \(fn)" t nil)
23965 ;;;***
23967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
23968 ;;;;;; 586000))
23969 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23971 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23972 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23973 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23976 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23978 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23980 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23981 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23984 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23986 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23987 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23991 ;;;***
23993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
23994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23997 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23998 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24001 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24002 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24003 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24004 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24008 ;;;***
24010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21855 577 177946
24011 ;;;;;; 739000))
24012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24013 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24014 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24016 ;;;***
24018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21679 47292
24019 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24021 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24023 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24024 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24025 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24027 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24028 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24029 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24030 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24031 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24032 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24033 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24034 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24035 keybinding for tag names.
24036 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24037 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24038 of the symbol under point.
24039 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24040 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24041 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24042 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24043 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24044 syntax tokens.
24045 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24049 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24050 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24051 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24054 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24056 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24058 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24059 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24062 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24064 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24065 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24066 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24067 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24068 Semantic mode.
24070 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24074 ;;;***
24076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24077 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24078 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24080 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24081 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24083 \(fn)" t nil)
24085 ;;;***
24087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24088 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24091 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24092 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24094 \(fn)" t nil)
24096 ;;;***
24098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21861 39358
24099 ;;;;;; 517945 150000))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24102 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24103 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24105 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24106 king@grassland.com
24107 If `parens', they look like:
24108 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24109 If `angles', they look like:
24110 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24112 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24113 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24115 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24117 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24118 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24119 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24120 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24122 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24123 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24124 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24125 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24129 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24130 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24131 This is done when the message is initialized,
24132 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24134 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24136 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24137 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24138 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24140 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24142 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24143 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24144 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24145 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24146 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24147 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24148 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24150 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24152 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24153 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24155 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24157 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24158 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24159 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24160 be a Babyl file.")
24162 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24164 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24165 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24166 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24167 when you first send mail.")
24169 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24171 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24172 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24173 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24174 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24175 This file need not actually exist.")
24177 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24179 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24180 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24182 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24184 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24185 Alist of mail address aliases,
24186 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24187 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24188 can specify a different file name.)
24189 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24190 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24192 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24193 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24194 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24196 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24198 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24199 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24200 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24202 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24204 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24205 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24206 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24207 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24208 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24209 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24210 in the cited portion of the message.
24212 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24213 instead of no action.")
24215 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24217 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24218 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24219 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24220 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24221 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24223 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24225 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24226 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24227 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24228 If a string, that string is inserted.
24229 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24230 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24231 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24232 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24234 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24236 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24237 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24239 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24241 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24242 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24243 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24245 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24246 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24248 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24250 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24251 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24252 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24253 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24255 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24257 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24258 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24259 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24261 \(fn)" nil nil)
24263 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24265 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24268 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24270 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24271 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24272 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24274 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24275 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24277 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24278 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24279 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24280 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24281 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24282 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24283 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24284 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24285 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24286 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24287 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24288 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24289 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24290 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24292 \(fn)" t nil)
24294 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24295 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24296 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24297 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24299 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24301 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24302 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24303 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24304 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24305 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24306 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24308 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24309 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24310 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24312 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24313 User should not set this variable manually,
24314 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24315 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24316 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24318 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24319 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24320 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24321 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24323 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24324 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24326 \\<mail-mode-map>
24327 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24329 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24330 to move to message header fields:
24331 \\{mail-mode-map}
24333 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24334 when the message is initialized.
24336 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24337 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24339 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24340 is inserted.
24342 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24343 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24345 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24346 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24347 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24348 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24349 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24350 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24351 buffer without erasing the contents.
24353 The second through fifth arguments,
24354 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24355 the initial contents of those header fields.
24356 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24357 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24358 original message being replied to, or else an action
24359 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24360 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24361 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24362 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24363 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24364 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24366 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24368 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24369 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24371 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24373 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24374 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24376 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24378 ;;;***
24380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21843 54898 597238
24381 ;;;;;; 876000))
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24383 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 7)) package--builtin-versions)
24385 ;;;***
24387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21857 42300 487735 894000))
24388 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24390 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24392 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24394 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24396 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24397 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24398 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24399 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24400 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24401 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24403 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24404 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24406 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24407 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24408 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24410 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24411 \\[server-start].
24413 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24415 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24416 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24417 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24418 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24420 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24422 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24423 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24424 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24427 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24429 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24431 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24432 Toggle Server mode.
24433 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24434 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24435 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24437 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24438 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24439 `server-start' for details.
24441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24443 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24444 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24445 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24447 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24448 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24450 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24452 ;;;***
24454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21855 577 487945 652000))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24457 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24458 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24460 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24461 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24462 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24463 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24464 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24466 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24467 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24468 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24469 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24470 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24471 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24473 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24474 displayed.
24476 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24477 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24478 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24480 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24481 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24483 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24484 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24486 \\{ses-mode-map}
24487 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24488 part):
24489 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24490 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24491 formula:
24492 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24494 \(fn)" t nil)
24496 ;;;***
24498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21839
24499 ;;;;;; 43859 371195 279000))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24502 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24503 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24504 Makes > match <.
24505 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24506 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24508 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24509 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24510 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24512 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24513 in your init file.
24515 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24517 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24518 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24519 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24521 \(fn)" t nil)
24523 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24524 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24525 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24526 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24527 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24528 which this is based.
24530 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24532 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24533 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24534 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24535 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24537 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24538 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24539 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24541 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24542 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24543 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24544 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24546 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24547 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24548 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24549 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24551 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24553 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24554 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24555 To work around that, do:
24556 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24558 \\{html-mode-map}
24560 \(fn)" t nil)
24562 ;;;***
24564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21862
24565 ;;;;;; 60209 888659 15000))
24566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24567 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24568 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24570 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24571 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24572 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24573 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24574 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24575 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24577 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24578 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24579 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24580 shell-specific features.
24582 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24583 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24584 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24585 \\<sh-mode-map>
24586 \\[sh-case] case statement
24587 \\[sh-for] for loop
24588 \\[sh-function] function definition
24589 \\[sh-if] if statement
24590 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24591 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24592 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24593 \\[sh-select] select loop
24594 \\[sh-until] until loop
24595 \\[sh-while] while loop
24597 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24598 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24599 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24600 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24601 would indent to the way it currently is.
24602 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24603 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24606 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24607 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24608 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24609 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24610 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24612 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24613 unquoted < insert a here document.
24615 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24616 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24617 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24619 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24620 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24622 \(fn)" t nil)
24624 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24626 ;;;***
24628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24629 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24632 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24633 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24635 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24636 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24637 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24639 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24640 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24641 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24642 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24643 the earlier.
24645 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24647 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24649 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24650 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24651 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24653 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24654 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24656 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24657 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24658 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24659 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24660 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24661 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24662 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24663 Emacs version).
24665 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24666 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24667 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24668 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24669 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24671 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24672 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24674 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24676 ;;;***
24678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24679 ;;;;;; 586000))
24680 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24682 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24683 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24684 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24685 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24686 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24687 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24688 sites in the cluster.
24690 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24692 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24693 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24694 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24695 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24696 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24698 \(fn)" t nil)
24700 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24701 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24702 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24703 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24704 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24705 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24706 `shadow-define-cluster').
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24710 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24711 Set up file shadowing.
24713 \(fn)" t nil)
24715 ;;;***
24717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21678 26426 225333 737000))
24718 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24720 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24721 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24722 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24723 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24724 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24725 arguments.")
24727 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24729 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24730 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24731 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24732 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24733 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24735 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24736 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24737 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24738 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24739 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24740 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24741 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24742 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24743 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24744 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24745 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24747 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24748 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24749 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24750 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24751 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24752 `default-process-coding-system'.
24754 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24755 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24756 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24757 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24759 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24761 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24763 ;;;***
24765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21837 20530 521200 565000))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24768 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24769 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24771 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24773 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24774 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24775 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24776 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24778 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24780 ;;;***
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24783 ;;;;;; 720000))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24786 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24789 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24791 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24794 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24796 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24799 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24801 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24804 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24806 ;;;***
24808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21670 32331
24809 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24812 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24813 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24814 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24815 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24816 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24818 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24820 \(fn)" t nil)
24822 ;;;***
24824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24825 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24828 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24829 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24830 \\{simula-mode-map}
24831 Variables controlling indentation style:
24832 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24833 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24834 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24835 `simula-indent-level'
24836 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24837 `simula-substatement-offset'
24838 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24839 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24840 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24841 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24842 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24843 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24844 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24845 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24846 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24847 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24848 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24849 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24850 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24851 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24852 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24853 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24854 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24855 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24856 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24857 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24858 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24859 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24860 or nil if they should not be changed.
24861 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24862 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24863 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24864 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24866 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24867 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24869 \(fn)" t nil)
24871 ;;;***
24873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21862 60209 898658
24874 ;;;;;; 614000))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24877 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24878 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24880 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24881 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24882 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24883 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24885 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24887 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24889 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24890 Insert SKELETON.
24891 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24892 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24893 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24894 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24895 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24897 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24898 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24900 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24902 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24903 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24905 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24906 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24907 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24908 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24910 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24911 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24912 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24913 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24915 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24916 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24917 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24919 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24920 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24922 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24923 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24925 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24926 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24927 is at bol/eol
24928 _ interesting point, interregion here
24929 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24930 interesting point set by _
24931 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24932 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24933 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24934 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24935 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24936 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24937 nil skipped
24939 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24940 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24942 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24943 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24944 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24945 as the first element when at bol.
24947 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24948 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24949 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24950 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24951 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24952 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24953 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24954 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24956 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24957 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24958 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24959 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24960 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24961 available:
24963 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24964 then: insert previously read string once more
24965 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24966 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24967 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24969 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24970 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24972 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24974 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24975 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24977 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24978 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24979 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24980 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24981 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24982 such as backslash.
24984 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24985 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
24986 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
24987 twice for the others.
24989 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24991 ;;;***
24993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
24994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24997 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24998 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24999 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25000 buffer names.
25002 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25004 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25005 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25007 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25008 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25009 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25013 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25014 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25015 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25019 ;;;***
25021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25022 ;;;;;; 720000))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25025 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25026 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25027 A list of images is returned.
25029 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25031 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25032 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25033 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25035 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25037 ;;;***
25039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25040 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25043 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25046 \(fn)" nil nil)
25048 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25049 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25051 \(fn)" t nil)
25053 ;;;***
25055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25056 ;;;;;; 720000))
25057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25059 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25060 Play the Snake game.
25061 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25063 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25065 Snake mode keybindings:
25066 \\<snake-mode-map>
25067 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25068 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25069 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25070 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25071 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25072 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25073 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25075 \(fn)" t nil)
25077 ;;;***
25079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25080 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25083 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25084 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25085 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25086 Tab indents for C code.
25087 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25088 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25089 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25090 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25091 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25093 \(fn)" t nil)
25095 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25096 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25097 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25098 Tab indents for C code.
25099 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25101 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25102 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25103 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25105 \(fn)" t nil)
25107 ;;;***
25109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25110 ;;;;;; 443000))
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25113 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25114 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25115 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25116 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25117 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25119 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25123 ;;;***
25125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25126 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25127 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25129 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25130 Play Solitaire.
25132 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25133 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25134 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25135 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25136 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25137 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25138 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25139 check after each move or undo.)
25141 What is Solitaire?
25143 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25144 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25145 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25147 Le Solitaire
25148 ============
25150 o o o
25152 o o o
25154 o o o o o o o
25156 o o o . o o o
25158 o o o o o o o
25160 o o o
25162 o o o
25164 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25165 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25166 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25167 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25169 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25170 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25171 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25172 this: o o .
25174 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25175 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25177 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25179 o o o
25181 . o o
25183 o o . o o o o
25185 o . o o o o o
25187 o o o o o o o
25189 o o o
25191 o o o
25193 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25195 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25199 ;;;***
25201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25202 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25203 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25205 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25206 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25208 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25209 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25210 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25211 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25212 contiguous.
25214 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25215 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25216 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25217 the sort order.
25219 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25220 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25222 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25223 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25224 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25225 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25226 is called.
25228 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25229 It should move point to the end of the record.
25231 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25232 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25233 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25234 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25235 starts at the beginning of the record.
25237 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25238 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25239 same as ENDRECFUN.
25241 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25242 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25243 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25244 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25245 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25246 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25247 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25249 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25251 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25252 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25253 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25254 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25255 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25256 the sort order.
25258 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25260 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25261 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25262 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25263 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25264 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25265 the sort order.
25267 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25269 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25270 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25271 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25272 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25273 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25274 the sort order.
25276 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25277 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25279 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25280 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25281 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25282 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25283 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25284 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25285 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25286 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25287 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25289 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25291 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25292 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25293 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25294 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25295 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25296 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25297 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25298 the sort order.
25300 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25302 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25303 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25304 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25305 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25307 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25308 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25310 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25311 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25312 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25313 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25314 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25315 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25316 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25317 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25319 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25321 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25322 the sort order.
25324 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25325 starting with the letter \"f\",
25326 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25328 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25331 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25332 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25333 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25334 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25335 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25336 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25337 the sort order.
25339 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25340 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25341 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25342 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25343 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25345 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25348 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25349 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25353 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25354 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25355 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25356 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25357 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25358 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25359 each repeated line.
25361 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25362 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25363 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25364 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25366 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25367 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25369 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25370 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25372 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25374 ;;;***
25376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21832 3464 481922 546000))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25379 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25380 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25381 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25382 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25383 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25384 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25386 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25388 ;;;***
25390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25391 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25394 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25395 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25397 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25398 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25399 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25401 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25403 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25404 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25405 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25406 server.
25408 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25410 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25411 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25412 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25414 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25416 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25417 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25418 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25419 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25420 Agent is plugged.
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25424 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25425 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25426 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25427 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25429 \(fn)" t nil)
25431 ;;;***
25433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25434 ;;;;;; 586000))
25435 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25437 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25439 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25440 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25441 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25442 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25443 supported at a time.
25444 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25445 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25449 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25450 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25451 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25452 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25454 \(fn)" t nil)
25456 ;;;***
25458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25459 ;;;;;; 720000))
25460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25462 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25463 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25465 \(fn)" t nil)
25467 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25468 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25470 \(fn)" nil nil)
25472 ;;;***
25474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 23600 805241
25475 ;;;;;; 145000))
25476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25477 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25479 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25480 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25482 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25483 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25484 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25485 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25486 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25487 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25488 of the current highlighting list.
25490 For example:
25492 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25493 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25495 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25496 `_t' as data types.
25498 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25500 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25501 Major mode to edit SQL.
25503 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25504 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25505 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25507 \\{sql-mode-map}
25508 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25510 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25511 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25512 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25513 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25514 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25515 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25517 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25518 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25520 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25521 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25522 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25524 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25525 (lambda ()
25526 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25528 \(fn)" t nil)
25530 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25531 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25533 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25534 their settings.
25536 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25537 is specified in the connection settings.
25539 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25541 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25542 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25544 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25545 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25547 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25548 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25549 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25550 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25554 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25556 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25557 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25561 `*SQL*'.
25563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25564 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25565 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25566 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25568 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25569 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25571 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25572 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25573 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25574 buffer.
25576 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25577 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25578 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25579 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25580 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25581 `default-process-coding-system'.
25583 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25587 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25588 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25590 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25591 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25592 `*SQL*'.
25594 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25595 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25596 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25597 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25599 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25602 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25603 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25604 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25605 buffer.
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'.
25614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25616 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25618 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25619 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25623 `*SQL*'.
25625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25626 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25628 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25629 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25631 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25632 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25633 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25634 buffer.
25636 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25637 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25638 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25639 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25640 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25641 `default-process-coding-system'.
25643 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25645 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25647 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25648 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25650 SQLite is free software.
25652 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25653 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25654 `*SQL*'.
25656 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25657 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25658 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25659 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25661 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25662 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25664 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25665 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25666 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25667 buffer.
25669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25674 `default-process-coding-system'.
25676 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25678 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25680 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25681 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25683 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25687 `*SQL*'.
25689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25690 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25691 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25692 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25694 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25695 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25697 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25698 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25699 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25700 buffer.
25702 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25703 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25704 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25705 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25706 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25707 `default-process-coding-system'.
25709 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25711 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25713 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25714 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25716 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25717 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25718 `*SQL*'.
25720 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25721 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25722 defaults, if set.
25724 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25725 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25727 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25728 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25729 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25730 buffer.
25732 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25733 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25735 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25736 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25737 `default-process-coding-system'.
25739 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25741 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25744 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25746 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25747 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25748 `*SQL*'.
25750 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25751 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25753 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25756 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25757 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25758 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25759 buffer.
25761 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25762 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25763 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25764 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25765 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25766 `default-process-coding-system'.
25768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25770 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25772 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25773 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25777 `*SQL*'.
25779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25780 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25781 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25782 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25784 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25787 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25788 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25789 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25790 buffer.
25792 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25793 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25794 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25795 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25796 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25797 `default-process-coding-system'.
25799 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25801 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25803 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25804 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25806 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25807 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25808 `*SQL*'.
25810 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25811 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25812 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25813 `sql-postgres-options'.
25815 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25816 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25818 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25819 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25820 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25821 buffer.
25823 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25824 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25825 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25826 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25827 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25828 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25829 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25830 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25832 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25833 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25835 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25839 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25840 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25842 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25843 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25844 `*SQL*'.
25846 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25847 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25848 defaults, if set.
25850 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25853 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25854 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25855 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25856 buffer.
25858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25860 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25863 `default-process-coding-system'.
25865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25869 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25870 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25874 `*SQL*'.
25876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25877 automatic login.
25879 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25880 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25882 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25883 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25884 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25885 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25887 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25888 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25889 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25890 buffer.
25892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25897 `default-process-coding-system'.
25899 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25903 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25904 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25908 `*SQL*'.
25910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25911 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25912 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25913 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25914 parameters.
25916 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25917 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25918 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25919 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25920 an empty password.
25922 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25923 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25925 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25926 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25927 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25928 buffer.
25930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25934 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25935 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25937 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25939 ;;;***
25941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
25942 ;;;;;; 725000))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25944 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25946 ;;;***
25948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25949 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
25950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25952 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25953 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25955 \(fn)" t nil)
25957 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25959 ;;;***
25961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
25962 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25965 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25966 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25967 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25968 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25969 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25970 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25971 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25972 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25973 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25974 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25975 with any buffer
25976 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25977 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25978 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25979 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25981 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25983 ;;;***
25985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
25986 ;;;;;; 586000))
25987 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25989 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25990 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25991 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25992 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25993 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25994 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25996 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25998 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26001 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26002 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26003 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26004 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26005 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26006 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26008 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26010 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26011 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26012 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26013 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26014 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26015 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26016 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26018 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26020 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26021 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26022 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26024 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26026 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26027 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26028 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26030 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26032 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26033 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26035 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26038 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26040 \(fn)" t nil)
26042 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26043 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26045 \(fn)" t nil)
26047 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26048 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26049 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26050 by command name.
26051 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26053 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26055 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26056 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26057 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26059 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26060 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26062 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26064 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26065 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26068 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26070 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26071 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26072 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26073 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26074 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26076 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26077 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26078 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26079 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26081 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26085 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26086 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26087 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26088 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26090 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26092 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26093 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26095 \(fn)" t nil)
26097 ;;;***
26099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26100 ;;;;;; 42000))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26103 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26104 Studlify-case the region.
26106 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26108 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26109 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26111 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26113 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26114 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26116 \(fn)" t nil)
26118 ;;;***
26120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26121 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26124 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26126 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26127 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26132 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26133 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26134 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26135 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26137 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26138 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26139 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26141 Nomenclature Subwords
26142 ===========================================================
26143 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26144 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26145 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26147 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26148 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26150 \\{subword-mode-map}
26152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26154 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26155 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26156 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26158 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26159 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26161 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26163 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26164 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26165 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26166 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26167 ARG is omitted or nil.
26169 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26170 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26171 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26175 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26176 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26181 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26182 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26183 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26184 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26186 \\{superword-mode-map}
26188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26190 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26191 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26192 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26195 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26197 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26199 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26200 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26201 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26202 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26203 ARG is omitted or nil.
26205 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26206 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26207 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26211 ;;;***
26213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26214 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26217 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26218 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26219 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26220 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26221 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26222 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26223 original message but it does require a few things:
26225 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26227 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26228 reply buffer.
26230 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26231 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26232 original message.
26234 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26236 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26238 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26239 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26240 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26242 \(fn)" nil nil)
26244 ;;;***
26246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26247 ;;;;;; 586000))
26248 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26250 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26252 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26253 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26254 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26257 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26259 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26261 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26262 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26267 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26268 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26269 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26273 ;;;***
26275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26276 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26278 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26279 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26280 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26281 buffer.
26283 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26284 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26285 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26287 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26289 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26290 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26291 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26292 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26293 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26294 buffer.
26296 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26297 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26298 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26300 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26302 ;;;***
26304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21804 59688 284811
26305 ;;;;;; 0))
26306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26308 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26309 Insert an editable text table.
26310 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26311 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26312 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26313 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26314 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26315 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26316 delimiting them.
26318 Examples:
26320 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26322 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26323 location of point.
26327 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26328 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26329 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26330 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26331 first cell.
26333 +-----+-----+-----+
26334 |-!- | | |
26335 +-----+-----+-----+
26337 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26339 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26340 width, which results as
26342 +--------------+-----+-----+
26343 |-!- | | |
26344 +--------------+-----+-----+
26346 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26347 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26349 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26350 | | |-!- |
26351 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26353 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26354 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26355 width information to `table-insert'.
26357 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26359 instead of
26361 Cell width(s): 5
26363 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26364 work all together.
26366 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26367 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26369 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26370 |-!- | | |
26371 | | | |
26372 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26374 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26376 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26377 |-!- | | |
26378 | | | |
26379 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26380 | | | |
26381 | | | |
26382 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26384 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26386 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26387 | | | |
26388 | | | |
26389 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26390 | | | |
26391 | | | |
26392 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26395 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26396 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26397 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26399 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26400 | | | |
26401 | | | |
26402 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26403 | | | |
26404 | | | |
26405 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26406 |-!- | | |
26407 | | | |
26408 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26410 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26411 results.
26413 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26414 | | | |
26415 | | | |
26416 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26417 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26418 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26419 | | |expected results.-!- |
26420 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26421 | | | |
26422 | | | |
26423 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26425 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26427 \\{table-cell-map}
26429 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26431 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26432 Insert N table row(s).
26433 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26434 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26435 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26436 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26438 \(fn N)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26441 Insert N table column(s).
26442 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26443 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26444 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26445 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26447 \(fn N)" t nil)
26449 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26450 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26451 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26453 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26455 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26456 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26457 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26458 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26459 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26460 all the table specific features.
26462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26467 \(fn)" t nil)
26469 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26470 Recognize all tables within region.
26471 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26472 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26473 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26474 specific features.
26476 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26478 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26483 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26484 Recognize a table at point.
26485 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26486 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26487 the table specific features.
26489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26494 \(fn)" t nil)
26496 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26497 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26498 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26499 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26500 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26501 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26502 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26504 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26506 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26509 \(fn)" t nil)
26511 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26512 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26513 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26514 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26515 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26516 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26517 specified.
26519 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26521 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26522 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26523 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26524 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26525 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26526 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26527 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26528 table structure.
26530 \(fn N)" t nil)
26532 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26533 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26534 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26535 table's rectangle structure.
26537 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26539 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26540 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26541 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26542 table's rectangle structure.
26544 \(fn N)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26547 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26548 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26549 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26550 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26552 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26554 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26555 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26556 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26558 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26559 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26560 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26561 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26562 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26563 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26564 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26566 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26567 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26568 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26569 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26570 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26571 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26572 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26574 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26575 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26576 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26577 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26578 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26579 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26580 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26581 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26583 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26585 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26586 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26587 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26588 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26592 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26593 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26594 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26596 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26598 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26599 Split current cell vertically.
26600 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26602 \(fn)" t nil)
26604 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26605 Split current cell horizontally.
26606 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26608 \(fn)" t nil)
26610 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26611 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26612 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26614 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26616 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26617 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26618 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26619 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26621 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26623 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26624 Justify cell contents.
26625 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26626 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26627 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26628 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26630 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26632 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26633 Justify cells of a row.
26634 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26635 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26637 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26639 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26640 Justify cells of a column.
26641 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26642 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26644 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26646 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26647 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26648 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26649 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26650 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26651 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26652 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26653 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26654 run-time.
26656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26658 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26659 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26660 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26661 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26662 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26663 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26664 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26665 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26666 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26667 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26668 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26670 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26672 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26673 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26674 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26675 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26676 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26677 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26678 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26679 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26680 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26681 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26682 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26683 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26684 untouched.
26686 References used for this implementation:
26688 HTML:
26689 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26691 LaTeX:
26692 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26694 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26695 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26696 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26698 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26700 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26701 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26702 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26703 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26704 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26705 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26706 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26707 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26708 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26709 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26710 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26711 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26712 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26713 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26714 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26715 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26716 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26718 Example:
26720 (progn
26721 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26722 (table-forward-cell 15)
26723 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26724 (table-forward-cell 16)
26725 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26726 (table-forward-cell 1)
26727 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26729 (progn
26730 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26731 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26732 (table-forward-cell 1)
26733 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26735 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26737 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26738 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26739 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26740 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26741 consists from cells of same height.
26743 \(fn N)" t nil)
26745 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26746 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26747 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26748 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26749 column must consists from cells of same width.
26751 \(fn N)" t nil)
26753 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26754 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26755 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26756 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26757 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26758 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26759 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26760 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26761 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26762 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26763 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26764 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26765 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26766 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26767 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26770 Example 1:
26772 1, 2, 3, 4
26773 5, 6, 7, 8
26774 , 9, 10
26776 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26777 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26778 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26779 specified as 5.
26781 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26782 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26783 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26784 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26785 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26786 | | 9 | 10 | |
26787 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26789 Note:
26791 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26792 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26793 of each row is optional.
26796 Example 2:
26798 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26799 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26800 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26801 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26802 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26804 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26805 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26807 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26808 expression and raw delimiter regular
26809 expression, it parses the specified text
26810 area and extracts cell items from
26811 non-table text and then forms a table out
26812 of them.
26814 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26815 creates a single cell table. The text in
26816 the specified region is placed in that
26817 cell.-*-
26819 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26820 like this.
26822 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26823 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26824 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26826 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26827 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26828 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26829 | area and extracts cell items from |
26830 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26831 | of them. |
26833 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26834 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26835 | the specified region is placed in that |
26836 | cell. |
26837 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26839 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26840 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26841 independently.
26843 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26844 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26845 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26846 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26847 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26848 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26849 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26850 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26851 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26852 | |of them. |
26853 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26854 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26855 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26856 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26857 | |cell. |
26858 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26860 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26861 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26862 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26864 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26866 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26867 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26868 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26869 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26870 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26872 \(fn)" t nil)
26874 ;;;***
26876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26877 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26879 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26880 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26882 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26884 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26885 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26887 \(fn)" t nil)
26889 ;;;***
26891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26892 ;;;;;; 752000))
26893 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26895 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26896 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26897 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26898 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26899 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26900 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26901 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26903 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26904 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26905 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26906 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26908 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26909 \\{tar-mode-map}
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26913 ;;;***
26915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
26916 ;;;;;; 570000))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26919 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26920 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26921 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26922 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26923 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26924 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26926 Variables controlling indentation style:
26927 `tcl-indent-level'
26928 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26929 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26930 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26932 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26933 documentation for details):
26934 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26935 Controls action of TAB key.
26936 `tcl-auto-newline'
26937 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26938 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26939 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26940 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26941 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26943 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26944 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26945 already exist.
26947 \(fn)" t nil)
26949 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26950 Run inferior Tcl process.
26951 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26952 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26954 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26956 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26957 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26958 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26960 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26962 ;;;***
26964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
26965 ;;;;;; 782000))
26966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26968 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26969 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26970 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26971 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26973 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26974 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26975 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26976 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26977 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26979 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26981 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26982 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26983 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26984 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26986 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26988 ;;;***
26990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 49947 262665 54000))
26991 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26993 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26994 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26995 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26996 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26997 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26998 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27000 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27002 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27003 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27004 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27005 commands to use in that buffer.
27007 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27009 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27011 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27012 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27014 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27016 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27017 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27018 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27019 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27020 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27021 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27022 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27023 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27024 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27025 use in that buffer.
27026 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27028 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27030 ;;;***
27032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21834
27033 ;;;;;; 29303 521933 754000))
27034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27036 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27037 Start coverage on function under point.
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27041 ;;;***
27043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27044 ;;;;;; 720000))
27045 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27046 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27048 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27049 Play the Tetris game.
27050 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27051 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27052 as to form complete rows.
27054 tetris-mode keybindings:
27055 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27056 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27057 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27058 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27059 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27060 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27061 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27062 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27063 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27065 \(fn)" t nil)
27067 ;;;***
27069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21862 60209
27070 ;;;;;; 908658 140000))
27071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27073 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27074 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27076 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27078 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27079 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27080 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27081 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27082 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27084 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27086 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27087 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27088 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27089 if it matches the first line of the file,
27090 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27092 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27094 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27095 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27096 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27097 if the variable is non-nil.")
27099 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27101 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27102 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27104 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27106 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27107 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27108 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27109 See the documentation of that variable.")
27111 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27113 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27114 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27115 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27116 See the documentation of that variable.")
27118 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27120 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27121 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27122 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27123 See the documentation of that variable.")
27125 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27127 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27128 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27129 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27130 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27131 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27133 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27135 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27136 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27137 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27138 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27140 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27142 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27143 User defined LaTeX block names.
27144 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27146 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27148 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27149 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27150 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27151 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27153 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27155 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27156 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27157 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27158 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27160 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27162 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27163 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27164 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27165 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27167 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27168 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27169 for example,
27171 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27172 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27174 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27175 use.")
27177 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27179 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27180 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27181 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27182 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27183 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27185 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27187 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27189 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27190 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27191 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27193 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27195 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27196 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27197 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27198 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27199 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27201 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27203 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27204 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27206 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27208 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27209 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27211 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27213 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27214 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27215 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27216 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27217 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27218 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27219 says which mode to use.
27221 \(fn)" t nil)
27223 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27225 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27227 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27229 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27230 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27231 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27232 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27233 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27235 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27236 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27237 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27238 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27239 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27240 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27241 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27243 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27244 mismatched $'s or braces.
27246 Special commands:
27247 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27249 Mode variables:
27250 tex-run-command
27251 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27252 tex-directory
27253 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27254 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27255 tex-dvi-print-command
27256 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27257 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27258 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27259 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27260 tex-dvi-view-command
27261 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27262 tex-show-queue-command
27263 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27264 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27266 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27267 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27268 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27270 \(fn)" t nil)
27272 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27273 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27274 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27275 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27276 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27278 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27279 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27280 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27281 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27282 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27283 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27284 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27286 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27287 mismatched $'s or braces.
27289 Special commands:
27290 \\{latex-mode-map}
27292 Mode variables:
27293 latex-run-command
27294 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27295 tex-directory
27296 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27297 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27298 tex-dvi-print-command
27299 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27300 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27301 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27302 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27303 tex-dvi-view-command
27304 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27305 tex-show-queue-command
27306 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27307 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27309 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27310 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27311 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27313 \(fn)" t nil)
27315 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27316 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27317 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27318 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27319 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27321 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27322 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27323 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27324 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27325 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27326 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27327 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27329 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27330 mismatched $'s or braces.
27332 Special commands:
27333 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27335 Mode variables:
27336 slitex-run-command
27337 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27338 tex-directory
27339 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27340 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27341 tex-dvi-print-command
27342 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27343 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27344 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27345 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27346 tex-dvi-view-command
27347 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27348 tex-show-queue-command
27349 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27350 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27352 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27353 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27354 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27355 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27357 \(fn)" t nil)
27359 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27362 \(fn)" nil nil)
27364 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27365 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27367 \(fn)" t nil)
27369 ;;;***
27371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21862 60209
27372 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27375 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27376 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27377 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27378 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27380 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27381 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27382 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27384 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27386 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27387 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27388 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27389 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27390 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27392 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27394 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27395 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27396 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27397 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27399 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27400 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27401 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27402 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27404 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27405 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27407 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27409 ;;;***
27411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21862 60209
27412 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27415 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27416 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27418 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27420 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27421 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27423 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27425 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27426 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27428 It has these extra commands:
27429 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27431 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27432 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27433 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27434 modified version of TeX input format.
27436 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27437 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27438 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27439 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27441 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27442 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27443 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27444 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27445 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27446 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27447 in the Texinfo file.
27449 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27450 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27451 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27452 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27453 move forward past the closing brace.
27455 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27456 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27458 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27459 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27460 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27462 Here are the functions:
27464 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27465 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27466 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27468 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27469 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27470 texinfo-master-menu
27472 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27474 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27475 which menu descriptions are indented.
27477 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27478 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27479 in the region.
27481 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27482 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27483 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27484 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27486 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27487 be the first node in the file.
27489 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27490 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27492 \(fn)" t nil)
27494 ;;;***
27496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27497 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27500 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27501 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27502 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27503 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27507 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27508 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27510 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27512 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27513 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27515 \(fn)" t nil)
27517 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27520 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27522 ;;;***
27524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21670 32331 885635
27525 ;;;;;; 586000))
27526 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27528 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27529 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27530 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27531 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27532 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27533 `line', and `page'.
27535 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27537 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27538 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27539 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27540 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27541 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27542 `line', and `page'.
27544 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27545 valid THING.
27547 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27548 positions of the thing found.
27550 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27552 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27553 Return the THING at point.
27554 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27555 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27556 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27557 `line', `number', and `page'.
27559 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27560 strip text properties from the return value.
27562 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27563 a symbol as a valid THING.
27565 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27567 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27568 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27570 \(fn)" nil nil)
27572 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27573 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27575 \(fn)" nil nil)
27577 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27578 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27580 \(fn)" nil nil)
27582 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27583 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27585 \(fn)" nil nil)
27587 ;;;***
27589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27590 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27592 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27593 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27595 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27597 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27598 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27599 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27600 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27602 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27604 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27605 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27607 \(fn)" t nil)
27609 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27610 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27612 \(fn)" t nil)
27614 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27616 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27617 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27619 \(fn)" t nil)
27621 ;;;***
27623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27624 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27627 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27628 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27629 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27631 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27633 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27634 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27638 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27639 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27640 The returned string has no composition information.
27642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27644 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27645 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27647 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27649 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27650 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27652 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27654 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27655 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27656 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27657 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27661 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27662 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27663 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27664 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27668 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27669 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27670 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27672 \(fn)" t nil)
27674 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27675 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27676 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27678 \(fn)" t nil)
27680 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27683 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27685 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27688 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27690 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27693 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27695 ;;;***
27697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21852 24382
27698 ;;;;;; 87256 328000))
27699 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27700 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27702 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27703 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27704 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27705 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27706 parameters.
27707 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27708 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27709 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27711 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27713 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27714 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27715 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27716 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27717 parameters.
27718 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27719 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27720 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27722 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27724 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27725 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27728 * character before point is a space character,
27729 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27730 constituent),
27731 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27732 characters) from before the space character, and
27733 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27734 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27735 return t.
27737 Otherwise, if
27738 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27739 * character before point is a space character, and
27740 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27741 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27742 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27744 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27746 \(fn)" t nil)
27748 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27749 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27751 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27752 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27753 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27754 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27756 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27757 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27758 variable will be set to the representation.
27760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27762 ;;;***
27764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27765 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27767 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27768 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27770 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27771 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27773 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27774 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27775 This display updates automatically every minute.
27776 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27777 are displayed as well.
27778 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27780 \(fn)" t nil)
27782 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27783 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27784 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27787 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27789 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27791 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27792 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27794 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27795 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27797 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27798 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27799 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27800 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27801 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27805 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27806 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27807 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27808 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27810 \(fn)" t nil)
27812 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27813 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27814 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27815 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27817 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27819 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27820 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27822 \(fn)" t nil)
27824 ;;;***
27826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27827 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27830 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27831 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27832 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27834 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27835 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27836 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27837 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27838 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27839 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27841 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27842 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27844 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27846 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27847 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27849 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27851 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27852 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27853 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27855 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27857 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27858 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27859 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27860 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27862 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27863 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27864 DATE should be a date-time string.
27866 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27868 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27869 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27870 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27872 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27874 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27875 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27877 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27879 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27880 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27882 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27884 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27885 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27886 TIME should be a time value.
27887 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27889 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27891 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27892 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27893 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27895 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27897 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27898 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27899 The valid format specifiers are:
27900 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27901 %d is the number of days.
27902 %h is the number of hours.
27903 %m is the number of minutes.
27904 %s is the number of seconds.
27905 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27906 %% is a literal \"%\".
27908 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27909 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27911 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27912 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27913 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27915 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27916 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27917 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27919 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27921 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27923 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27924 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27926 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27928 ;;;***
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21670 32331 885635
27931 ;;;;;; 586000))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27933 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27934 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27935 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27936 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27937 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27938 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27939 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27940 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27942 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27943 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27944 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27945 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27946 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27947 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27948 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27949 look like one of the following:
27950 Time-stamp: <>
27951 Time-stamp: \" \"
27952 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27953 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27954 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27955 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27956 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27957 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27958 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27959 the template.
27961 \(fn)" t nil)
27963 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27964 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27965 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27969 ;;;***
27971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
27972 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27974 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27976 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27977 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27978 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27981 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27983 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27985 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27986 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27987 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27988 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27989 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27990 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27991 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27992 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27993 display (non-nil means on).
27995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27997 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27998 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27999 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28000 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28001 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28002 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28003 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28004 this function is called within a day.
28006 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28007 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28008 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28009 discover the name of the project.
28011 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28013 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28014 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28015 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28016 begun during the last time segment.
28018 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28019 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28020 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28021 discover the reason.
28023 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28025 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28026 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28027 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28028 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28029 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28031 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28033 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28034 Change to working on a different project.
28035 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28036 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28037 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28038 working on.
28040 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28042 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28043 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28044 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28046 \(fn)" nil nil)
28048 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28049 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28050 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28052 \(fn)" t nil)
28054 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28055 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28056 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28057 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28058 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28059 \"relative to today\".
28061 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28063 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28064 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28065 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28066 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28068 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28070 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28071 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28072 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28073 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28074 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28075 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28077 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28079 ;;;***
28081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28082 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28083 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28085 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28086 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28087 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28088 the generated Quail package is saved.
28090 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28092 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28093 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28094 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28095 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28096 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28097 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28098 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28100 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28102 ;;;***
28104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28105 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28106 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28107 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28109 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28110 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28111 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28112 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28113 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28115 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28116 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28117 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28119 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28121 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28122 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28123 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28124 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28125 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28127 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28129 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28130 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28131 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28132 in the menu in two ways:
28133 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28134 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28135 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28137 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28138 keymap or an alist of alists.
28139 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28140 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28142 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28144 ;;;***
28146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21855
28147 ;;;;;; 576 567563 758000))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28150 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28151 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28153 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28154 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28155 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28156 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28157 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28158 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28159 file was last visited.
28161 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28162 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28163 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28164 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28165 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28166 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28167 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28168 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28169 for the first item.
28171 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28172 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28173 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28174 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28175 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28176 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28177 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28178 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28180 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28181 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28182 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28183 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28184 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28186 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28187 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28189 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28191 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28192 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28194 \\{todo-mode-map}
28196 \(fn)" t nil)
28198 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28199 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28201 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28205 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28206 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28208 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28210 \(fn)" t nil)
28212 ;;;***
28214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28215 ;;;;;; 586000))
28216 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28218 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28219 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28220 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28224 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28225 Add an item to the tool bar.
28226 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28227 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28228 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28229 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28231 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28232 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28233 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28234 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28236 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28237 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28239 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28242 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28243 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28244 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28245 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28246 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28248 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28249 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28250 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28251 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28253 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28255 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28256 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28257 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28258 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28259 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28260 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28261 properties to add to the binding.
28263 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28265 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28266 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28268 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28270 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28271 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28272 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28273 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28274 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28275 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28276 properties to add to the binding.
28278 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28279 holds a keymap.
28281 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28283 ;;;***
28285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28286 ;;;;;; 725000))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28289 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28290 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28291 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28292 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28293 to a tcp server on another machine.
28295 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28297 ;;;***
28299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28300 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28303 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28304 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28306 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28308 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28309 Helper function to get internal values.
28310 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28312 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28314 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28315 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28316 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28317 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28319 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28320 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28321 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28322 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28323 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28325 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28326 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28327 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28328 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28330 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28332 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28334 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28335 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28336 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28337 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28339 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28341 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28343 ;;;***
28345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21865 36399 47685 802000))
28346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28348 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28349 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28350 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28352 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28354 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28355 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28357 It can have the following values:
28359 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28360 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28362 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28364 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28365 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28366 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28367 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28369 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28371 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28372 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28373 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28374 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28376 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28377 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28378 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28379 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28380 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28381 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28382 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28383 files which are not really Tramp files.
28385 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28386 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28387 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28388 updated after changing this variable.
28390 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28392 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28393 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28394 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28395 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28397 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28399 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28400 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28401 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28402 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28404 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28405 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28406 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28408 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28409 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28410 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28411 updated after changing this variable.
28413 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28415 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28416 Alist of completion handler functions.
28417 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28418 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28419 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28421 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28422 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28423 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28424 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28426 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28427 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28428 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28430 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28431 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28433 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28434 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28436 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28438 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28441 \(fn)" nil nil)
28443 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28444 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28446 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28448 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28449 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28451 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28453 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28454 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28456 \(fn)" t nil)
28458 ;;;***
28460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28461 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28462 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28464 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28467 \(fn)" nil nil)
28469 ;;;***
28471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28472 ;;;;;; 586000))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28475 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28476 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28477 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28478 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28479 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28480 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28481 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28482 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28484 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28485 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28486 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28488 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28489 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28490 resumed later.
28492 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28494 ;;;***
28496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28497 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28500 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28503 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28505 ;;;***
28507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28508 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28510 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28511 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28512 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28514 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28515 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28516 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28517 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28518 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28519 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28520 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28524 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28525 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28526 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28527 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28529 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28531 \(fn)" t nil)
28533 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28534 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28535 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28536 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28537 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28538 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28539 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28541 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28542 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28544 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28545 \\___/\\
28546 / \\
28547 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28549 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28553 ;;;***
28555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21855 577 527945
28556 ;;;;;; 248000))
28557 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28559 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28560 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28561 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28563 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28564 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28566 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28568 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28569 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28570 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28572 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28573 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28574 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28575 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28576 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28577 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28578 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28580 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28581 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28583 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28584 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28585 reset the keystroke counter.
28587 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28588 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28589 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28590 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28592 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28593 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28594 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28595 `type-break-schedule' command.
28597 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28598 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28599 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28600 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28601 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28602 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28603 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28604 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28605 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28607 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28608 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28609 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28610 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28611 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28613 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28614 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28615 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28616 approximate good values for this.
28618 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28619 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28621 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28622 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28623 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28624 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28625 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28626 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28628 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28629 a typing break occur. They include:
28631 `type-break-query-mode'
28632 `type-break-query-function'
28633 `type-break-query-interval'
28635 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28637 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28638 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28639 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28640 problems.
28642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28644 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28645 Take a typing break.
28647 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28648 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28650 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28651 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28653 \(fn)" t nil)
28655 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28656 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28657 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28658 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28660 \(fn)" t nil)
28662 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28663 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28665 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28666 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28667 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28668 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28669 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28670 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28671 average typing speed.)
28673 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28674 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28675 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28676 the computed maximum threshold.
28678 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28679 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28680 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28681 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28682 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28684 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28686 ;;;***
28688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28691 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28692 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28693 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28694 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28695 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28697 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28699 ;;;***
28701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28702 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28705 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28706 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28710 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28711 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28713 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28715 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28716 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28720 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28721 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28723 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28725 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28726 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28730 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28731 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28733 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28735 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28736 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28738 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28740 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28741 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28743 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28745 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28746 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28748 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28750 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28751 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28753 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28755 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28756 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28758 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28760 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28761 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28763 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28765 ;;;***
28767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28768 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28771 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28772 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28773 Works by overstriking underscores.
28774 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28775 which specify the range to operate on.
28777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28779 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28780 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28781 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28782 which specify the range to operate on.
28784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28786 ;;;***
28788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28789 ;;;;;; 720000))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28792 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28793 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28794 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28795 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28796 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28797 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28799 \(fn)" nil nil)
28801 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28802 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28803 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28805 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28807 ;;;***
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28810 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28813 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28814 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28815 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28816 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28818 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28820 ;;;***
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28823 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28825 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28826 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28827 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28828 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28829 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28831 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28832 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28833 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28834 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28835 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28836 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28838 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28839 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28840 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28842 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28843 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28844 the callback is not called).
28846 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28847 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28848 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28849 take effect.
28851 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28852 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28853 the server.
28854 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28855 URL-encoded before it's used.
28857 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28859 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28860 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28861 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28862 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28863 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28865 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28867 ;;;***
28869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28870 ;;;;;; 586000))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28873 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28874 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28875 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28877 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28878 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28879 `url-generic-parse-url'
28880 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28881 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28882 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28883 realm
28884 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28885 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28886 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28887 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28888 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28889 what type of auth to use
28890 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28891 if one cannot be found in the cache
28893 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28895 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28896 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28898 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28899 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28900 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28901 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28902 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28903 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28904 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28905 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28907 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;***
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28912 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28915 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28916 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28918 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28920 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28921 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28922 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28926 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28927 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28929 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28931 ;;;***
28933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
28934 ;;;;;; 586000))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28937 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942 ;;;***
28944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
28945 ;;;;;; 624000))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28948 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28949 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28950 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28952 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28955 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28956 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28957 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28959 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28960 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28961 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28962 though.
28964 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28966 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28967 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28968 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28970 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28972 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28977 ;;;***
28979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
28980 ;;;;;; 586000))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28983 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28984 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28986 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28988 ;;;***
28990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
28991 ;;;;;; 586000))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28994 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28995 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28997 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28999 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29000 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29001 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29002 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29003 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29005 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29006 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29008 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29010 ;;;***
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21841
29013 ;;;;;; 54062 172628 227000))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29016 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29017 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29018 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29021 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29023 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29025 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29026 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29028 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29029 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29033 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29034 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29035 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29036 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29038 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29040 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29041 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29042 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29043 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29044 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29045 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29046 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29047 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29048 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29049 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29051 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29053 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29054 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29055 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29056 accessible.
29058 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29063 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29065 ;;;***
29067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21837 20526 641128
29068 ;;;;;; 711000))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29070 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29072 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29073 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29074 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29075 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29076 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29078 ;;;***
29080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29081 ;;;;;; 586000))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29084 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29087 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29089 ;;;***
29091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29092 ;;;;;; 586000))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29095 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29096 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29097 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29098 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29099 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29103 ;;;***
29105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29106 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29107 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29109 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29112 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29114 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29115 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29117 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29119 ;;;***
29121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29122 ;;;;;; 586000))
29123 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29125 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29126 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29128 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29131 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29133 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29135 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29138 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29140 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29142 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29144 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29146 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29147 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29149 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29151 ;;;***
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29154 ;;;;;; 586000))
29155 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29157 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29162 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29167 ;;;***
29169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29170 ;;;;;; 586000))
29171 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29173 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29176 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29181 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29183 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29186 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29188 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29191 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29193 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29196 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29198 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29201 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29206 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29208 ;;;***
29210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29211 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29214 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29215 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29217 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29220 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29221 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29223 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29224 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29225 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29226 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29227 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29228 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29229 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29230 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29231 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29232 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29233 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29234 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29235 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29236 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29238 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29239 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29240 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29242 Here is an example. The URL
29244 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29246 parses to
29248 TYPE = \"foo\"
29249 USER = \"bob\"
29250 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29251 HOST = \"example.com\"
29252 PORTSPEC = 42
29253 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29254 TARGET = \"nose\"
29255 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29256 FULLNESS = t
29258 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29260 ;;;***
29262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29263 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29266 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29267 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29269 \(fn)" t nil)
29271 ;;;***
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29274 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29277 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29278 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29279 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29280 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29281 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29282 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29284 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29286 ;;;***
29288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29289 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29292 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29293 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29294 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29296 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29298 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29299 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29300 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29301 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29303 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29305 ;;;***
29307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29308 ;;;;;; 586000))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29311 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29312 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29313 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29315 If t, all messages will be logged.
29316 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29317 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29319 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29321 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29324 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29326 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29329 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29331 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29332 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29333 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29334 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29335 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29336 & ==> &amp;
29337 < ==> &lt;
29338 > ==> &gt;
29339 \" ==> &quot;
29341 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29344 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29345 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29349 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29350 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29351 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29353 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29355 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29356 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29358 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29360 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29361 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29363 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29365 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29366 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29368 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29370 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29373 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29375 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29378 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29380 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29382 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29383 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29385 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29387 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29388 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29390 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29392 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29395 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29397 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29398 Build a query-string.
29400 Given a QUERY in the form:
29401 '((key1 val1)
29402 (key2 val2)
29403 (key3 val1 val2)
29404 (key4)
29405 (key5 \"\"))
29407 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29409 This will return a string
29410 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29411 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29412 be used.
29414 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29416 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29417 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29419 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29421 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29422 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29423 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29424 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29425 forbidden in URL encoding.
29427 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29429 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29430 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29431 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29432 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29433 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29434 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29436 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29437 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29438 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29439 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29441 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29443 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29444 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29445 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29446 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29447 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29448 should return it unchanged.
29450 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29452 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29453 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29454 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29455 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29457 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29459 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29460 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29461 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29463 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29466 View the current document's URL.
29467 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29468 the minibuffer.
29470 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29472 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29474 ;;;***
29476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29477 ;;;;;; 586000))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29480 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29481 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29482 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29483 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29484 to refrain from editing the file
29485 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29486 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29487 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29488 in any way you like.
29490 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29492 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29493 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29494 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29495 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29496 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29498 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29499 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29501 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29503 ;;;***
29505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29506 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29507 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29509 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29512 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29514 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29517 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29519 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29522 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29524 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29527 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29529 ;;;***
29531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29534 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29535 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29537 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29539 ;;;***
29541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29542 ;;;;;; 554000))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29545 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29546 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29547 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29548 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29550 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29552 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29553 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29554 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29556 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29558 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29559 Uudecode region between START and END.
29560 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29562 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29564 ;;;***
29566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21850 34915 137255 549000))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29569 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29570 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29571 See `run-hooks'.")
29573 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29575 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29576 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29577 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29579 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29581 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29582 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29583 See `run-hooks'.")
29585 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29587 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29588 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29590 If FILE is already registered, return the
29591 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29592 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29593 responsible for FILE is returned.
29595 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29597 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29598 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29599 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29600 same state. If not, signal an error.
29602 For merging-based version control systems:
29603 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29604 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29605 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29606 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29607 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29608 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29610 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29611 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29612 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29613 the file(s) for editing.
29614 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29615 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29616 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29617 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29618 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29620 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29622 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29623 Register into a version control system.
29624 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29625 Otherwise register the current file.
29626 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29628 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29629 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29630 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29631 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29632 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29633 first backend that could register the file is used.
29635 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29637 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29638 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29640 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29642 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29643 Display diffs between file revisions.
29644 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29645 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29646 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29648 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29649 saving the buffer.
29651 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29653 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29654 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29655 repository history using ediff.
29657 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29659 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29660 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29661 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29662 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29663 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29665 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29666 saving the buffer.
29668 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29670 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29671 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29672 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29673 fileset with the working revision.
29674 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29675 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29677 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29678 saving the buffer.
29680 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29682 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29683 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29684 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29686 \(fn)" nil nil)
29688 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29689 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29690 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29691 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29693 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29695 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29696 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29697 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29698 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29700 \(fn)" t nil)
29702 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29703 Perform a version control merge operation.
29704 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29705 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29706 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29707 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29709 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29710 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29711 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29712 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29713 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29714 changes from the current branch.
29716 \(fn)" t nil)
29718 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29720 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29721 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29722 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29723 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29724 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29725 checked out in that new branch.
29727 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29729 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29730 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29731 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29732 named branch in the directory DIR.
29733 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29734 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29735 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29736 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29737 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29738 allowed and simply skipped).
29740 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29742 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29743 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29744 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29745 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29746 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29748 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29749 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29751 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29753 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29754 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29755 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29756 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29757 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29759 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29761 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29762 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29763 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29765 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29767 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29768 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29769 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29771 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29773 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29774 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29778 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29779 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29780 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29781 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29783 \(fn)" t nil)
29785 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29787 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29788 Update the current fileset or branch.
29789 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29790 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29791 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29792 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29794 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29795 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29796 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29797 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29798 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29802 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29804 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29805 Push the current branch.
29806 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29807 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29808 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29809 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29810 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29814 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29815 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29816 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29817 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29818 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29819 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29820 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29822 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29824 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29825 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29826 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29827 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29828 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29829 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29830 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29831 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29832 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29834 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29836 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29837 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29838 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29839 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29841 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29843 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29844 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29845 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29846 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29848 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29850 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29851 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29852 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29853 directory.
29855 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29857 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29858 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29859 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29861 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29862 log entries should be gathered.
29864 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29866 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29867 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29869 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29871 ;;;***
29873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21850 34915
29874 ;;;;;; 127238 802000))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29877 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29878 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29880 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29881 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29882 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29883 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29884 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29885 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29887 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29888 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29889 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29890 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29891 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29892 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29893 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29894 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29896 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29898 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29900 Customization variables:
29902 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29903 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29904 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29905 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29906 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29907 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29909 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29911 ;;;***
29913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21852 24382 97237
29914 ;;;;;; 703000))
29915 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29917 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29918 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29920 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29921 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29922 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29923 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29924 (progn
29925 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29926 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29928 ;;;***
29930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21826 49707 480493
29931 ;;;;;; 554000))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29933 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29934 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29935 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29936 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29937 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29938 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29940 ;;;***
29942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
29943 ;;;;;; 272000))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29946 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29947 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29948 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29949 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29950 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29952 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29953 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29954 The file lines appear later.
29956 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29957 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29959 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29961 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29963 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29965 ;;;***
29967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
29968 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29971 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29972 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29973 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29974 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29975 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29976 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29977 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29978 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29979 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29980 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29981 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29982 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29983 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29984 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29985 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29987 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29989 ;;;***
29991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21850 34915 127238
29992 ;;;;;; 802000))
29993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29994 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29995 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29996 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29997 (progn
29998 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29999 (vc-git-registered file))))
30001 ;;;***
30003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21842 40086 557968 381000))
30004 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30005 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30006 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30007 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30008 (progn
30009 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30010 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30012 ;;;***
30014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21826 49712 314797
30015 ;;;;;; 780000))
30016 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30018 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30019 Name of the monotone directory.")
30021 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30022 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30023 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30024 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30025 (progn
30026 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30027 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30029 ;;;***
30031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21826 49714 91236
30032 ;;;;;; 252000))
30033 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30035 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30036 Where to look for RCS master files.
30037 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30039 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30041 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30043 ;;;***
30045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30046 ;;;;;; 274000))
30047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30049 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30050 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30051 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30053 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30055 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30057 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30058 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30059 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30060 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30062 ;;;***
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30065 ;;;;;; 274000))
30066 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30068 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30069 Where to look for SRC master files.
30070 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30072 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30074 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30076 ;;;***
30078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21744 21055 525326
30079 ;;;;;; 515000))
30080 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30081 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30082 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30083 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30084 "_svn")
30085 (t ".svn"))))
30086 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30087 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30088 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30090 ;;;***
30092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30093 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30095 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30096 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30098 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30099 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30101 Usage:
30102 ------
30104 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30105 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30106 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30107 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30109 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30110 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30111 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30112 completions.
30114 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30115 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30117 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30118 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30120 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30121 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30122 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30124 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30127 Maintenance:
30128 ------------
30130 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30131 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30133 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30135 Official distribution is at
30136 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30139 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30140 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30142 Key bindings:
30143 -------------
30145 \\{vera-mode-map}
30147 \(fn)" t nil)
30149 ;;;***
30151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30152 ;;;;;; (21862 60209 898658 614000))
30153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30155 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30156 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30157 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30158 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30159 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30161 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30163 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30164 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30166 Supports highlighting.
30168 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30169 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30171 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30173 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30174 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30175 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30176 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30177 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30178 on the left side of your screen.
30179 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30180 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30181 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30182 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30183 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30184 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30185 function keyword.
30186 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30187 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30188 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30189 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30190 if (a)
30191 begin
30192 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30193 Indentation for case statements.
30194 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30195 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30196 mark after an end.
30197 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30198 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30199 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30200 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30201 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30202 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30203 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30204 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30205 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30206 if (a)
30207 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30208 otherwise you get:
30209 if (a)
30210 begin
30211 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30212 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30213 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30214 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30215 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30216 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30217 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30218 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30219 comments in tight quarters.
30220 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30221 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30223 Variables controlling other actions:
30225 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30226 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30227 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30229 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30231 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30233 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30234 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30235 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30237 Some other functions are:
30239 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30240 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30241 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30242 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30243 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30245 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30246 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30247 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30248 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30250 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30251 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30252 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30253 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30254 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30255 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30256 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30257 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30258 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30259 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30260 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30261 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30262 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30263 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30264 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30265 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30266 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30267 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30268 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30269 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30270 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30271 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30272 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30273 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30274 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30275 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30276 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30277 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30278 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30279 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30280 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30282 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30283 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30285 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30287 \(fn)" t nil)
30289 ;;;***
30291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21866
30292 ;;;;;; 57262 717944 751000))
30293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30295 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30296 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30298 Usage:
30299 ------
30301 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30302 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30303 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30304 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30305 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30306 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30307 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30308 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30309 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30311 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30312 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30313 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30314 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30316 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30317 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30318 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30319 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30320 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30322 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30323 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30326 HEADER INSERTION:
30327 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30328 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30329 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30332 STUTTERING:
30333 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30334 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30335 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30336 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30338 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30339 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30340 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30341 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30342 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30345 WORD COMPLETION:
30346 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30347 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30348 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30349 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30351 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30352 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30353 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30354 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30355 beginning with \"std\").
30357 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30358 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30359 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30360 stop.
30363 COMMENTS:
30364 `--' puts a single comment.
30365 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30366 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30367 with a comment in between.
30368 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30369 out following lines.
30370 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30371 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30372 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30373 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30375 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30376 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30377 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30378 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30379 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30380 non-nil.
30382 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30383 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30384 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30385 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30386 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30387 multi-line comments.
30390 INDENTATION:
30391 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30392 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30393 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30394 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30395 the entire region.
30397 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30398 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30399 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30400 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30402 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30403 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30404 and vice versa.
30406 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30407 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30409 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30410 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30411 line.
30414 ALIGNMENT:
30415 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30416 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30417 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30418 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30419 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30420 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30421 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30422 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30424 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30425 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30426 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30427 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30428 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30429 is non-nil.
30431 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30432 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30433 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30435 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30436 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30439 CODE FILLING:
30440 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30441 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30442 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30443 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30444 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30445 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30448 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30449 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30450 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30451 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30452 command:
30454 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30457 PORT TRANSLATION:
30458 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30459 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30460 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30461 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30462 internal signal initializations (menu).
30464 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30465 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30466 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30468 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30469 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30470 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30471 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30472 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30473 in subsequent paste operations.)
30475 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30476 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30477 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30480 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30481 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30482 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30483 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30484 association list with formals).
30487 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30488 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30489 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30490 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30491 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30492 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30493 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30494 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30495 `vhdl-testbench'.
30498 KEY BINDINGS:
30499 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30502 VHDL MENU:
30503 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30506 FILE BROWSER:
30507 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30508 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30509 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30511 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30512 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30515 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30516 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30517 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30518 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30520 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30521 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30522 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30524 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30525 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30526 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30527 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30529 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30530 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30531 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30532 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30533 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30535 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30536 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30537 required by secondary units.
30540 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30541 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30542 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30543 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30544 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30545 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30546 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30547 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30548 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30549 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30550 inputs to this component -> input port created
30551 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30552 outputs from this component -> output port created
30553 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30554 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30556 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30557 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30558 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30559 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30560 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30562 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30563 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30565 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30566 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30567 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30568 component instantiation is also supported (option
30569 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30571 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30572 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30573 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30574 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30575 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30576 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30577 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30578 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30579 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30580 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30581 generating the configuration.
30583 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30584 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30585 configurations in speedbar.
30587 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30590 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30591 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30592 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30593 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30594 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30595 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30596 information. New compilers can be added.
30598 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30599 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30602 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30603 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30604 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30605 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30606 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30608 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30609 command:
30611 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30612 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30613 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30615 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30616 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30617 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30618 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30619 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30620 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30621 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30622 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30623 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30625 Limitations:
30626 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30627 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30628 not (yet) supported.
30629 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30630 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30631 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30634 PROJECTS:
30635 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30636 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30637 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30638 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30639 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30640 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30641 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30642 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30644 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30645 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30646 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30647 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30648 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30649 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30650 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30651 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30652 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30653 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30654 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30657 SPECIAL MENUES:
30658 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30659 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30660 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30661 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30662 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30663 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30664 current directory for VHDL source files.
30667 VHDL STANDARDS:
30668 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30669 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30672 KEYWORD CASE:
30673 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30674 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30675 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30676 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30677 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30678 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30679 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30680 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30683 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30684 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30685 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30686 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30687 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30688 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30689 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30691 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30692 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30693 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30694 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30695 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30696 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30698 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30699 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30700 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30701 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30702 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30703 visually.
30705 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30706 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30707 highlighted if written in lower case.
30709 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30710 highlighted using a different background color if option
30711 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30713 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30714 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30715 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30716 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30717 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30720 USER MODELS:
30721 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30722 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30723 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30726 HIDE/SHOW:
30727 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30728 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30729 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30730 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30731 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30734 CODE UPDATING:
30735 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30736 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30737 Limitations:
30738 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30739 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30740 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30741 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30742 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30743 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30744 (used to obtain the port names).
30745 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30746 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30747 sensitivity lists.
30750 CODE FIXING:
30751 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30752 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30755 PRINTING:
30756 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30757 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30758 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30759 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30760 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30761 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30762 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30763 printers.
30766 OPTIONS:
30767 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30768 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30769 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30770 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30771 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30773 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30774 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30775 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30776 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30777 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30778 INSTALL file).
30780 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30781 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30784 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30785 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30786 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30787 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30789 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30792 HINTS:
30793 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30794 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30796 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30798 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30800 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30803 RELEASE NOTES:
30804 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30807 Maintenance:
30808 ------------
30810 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30811 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30813 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30815 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30816 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30817 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30818 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30820 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30821 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30822 where the latest version can be found.
30825 Known problems:
30826 ---------------
30828 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30829 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30830 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30831 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30834 The VHDL Mode Authors
30835 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30837 Key bindings:
30838 -------------
30840 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30842 \(fn)" t nil)
30844 ;;;***
30846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30847 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30848 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30850 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30851 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30853 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30855 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30856 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30857 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30858 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30860 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30862 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30863 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30865 \(fn)" t nil)
30867 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30868 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30869 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30870 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30872 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30874 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30875 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30877 \(fn)" t nil)
30879 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30882 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30884 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30887 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30889 ;;;***
30891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30892 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30894 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30895 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30896 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30898 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30900 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30901 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30902 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30903 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30905 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30907 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30908 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30910 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30912 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30913 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30914 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30915 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30916 moving around in the buffer.
30917 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30918 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30920 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30922 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30924 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30925 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30926 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30927 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30929 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30930 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30931 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30932 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30933 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30935 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30939 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30940 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30941 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30942 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30943 buffer.
30945 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30946 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30947 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30948 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30949 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30951 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30953 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30955 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30956 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30957 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30958 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30959 moving around in the buffer.
30960 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30961 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30963 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30965 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30966 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30967 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30969 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30970 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30971 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30972 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30974 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30975 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30976 own View-like bindings.
30978 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30980 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30981 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30982 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30983 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30984 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30985 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30986 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30988 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30990 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30992 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30993 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30994 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30996 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30997 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30998 own View-like bindings.
31000 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31002 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31003 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31004 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31005 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31006 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31007 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31008 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31010 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31012 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31014 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31015 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31016 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31018 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31019 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31020 own View-like bindings.
31022 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31024 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31025 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31027 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31028 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31030 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31031 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31032 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31033 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31035 \\<view-mode-map>
31037 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31038 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31039 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31040 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31041 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31042 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31043 to a repeat count of one.
31045 H, h, ? This message.
31046 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31047 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31048 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31049 > move to the end of buffer.
31050 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31051 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31052 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31053 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31054 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31055 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31056 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31057 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31058 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31059 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31060 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31061 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31062 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31063 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31064 Use this to view a changing file.
31065 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31066 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31067 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31068 . set the mark.
31069 x exchanges point and mark.
31070 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31071 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31072 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31073 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31074 ' go to position saved in character register.
31075 s do forward incremental search.
31076 r do reverse incremental search.
31077 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31078 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31079 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31080 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31081 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31082 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31083 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31084 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31085 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31086 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31087 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31088 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31089 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31090 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31091 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31092 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31093 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31095 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31096 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31097 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31098 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31099 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31100 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31101 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31102 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31103 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31105 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31109 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31110 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31111 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31112 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31113 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31114 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31115 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31116 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31117 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31119 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31121 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31123 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31124 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31125 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31126 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31127 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31128 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31130 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31131 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31132 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31134 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31136 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31138 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31140 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31141 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31143 \(fn)" t nil)
31145 ;;;***
31147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31148 ;;;;;; 725000))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31150 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31152 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31153 Toggle Viper on/off.
31154 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31156 \(fn)" t nil)
31158 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31159 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31161 \(fn)" t nil)
31163 ;;;***
31165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21670
31166 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
31167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31169 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31170 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31171 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31172 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31173 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31174 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31175 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31176 the beginning of the warning.")
31178 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31179 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31180 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31181 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31182 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31183 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31184 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31185 also call that function before the next warning.")
31187 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31188 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31190 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31191 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31192 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31193 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31195 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31196 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31197 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31198 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31199 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31200 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31202 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31203 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31204 Default is :warning.
31206 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31207 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31208 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31209 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31210 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31211 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31213 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31214 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31215 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31217 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31219 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31220 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31222 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31224 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31225 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31226 \\<special-mode-map>
31227 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31228 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31230 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31231 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31232 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31233 can be whatever you like.)
31235 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31236 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31238 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31239 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31240 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31241 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31242 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31244 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31246 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31247 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31248 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31249 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31250 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31252 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31254 ;;;***
31256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31257 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31258 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31260 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31261 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31262 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31263 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31264 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31265 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31266 directories to reflect your edits.
31268 See `wdired-mode'.
31270 \(fn)" t nil)
31272 ;;;***
31274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31275 ;;;;;; 720000))
31276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31278 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31279 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31281 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31282 hotlist.
31284 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31285 <nwv@acm.org>.
31287 \(fn)" t nil)
31289 ;;;***
31291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31292 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31294 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31295 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31297 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31299 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31300 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31301 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31304 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31306 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31308 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31309 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31314 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31315 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31316 in certain major modes.
31318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31320 ;;;***
31322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21828 42028 670509
31323 ;;;;;; 602000))
31324 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31325 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31327 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31328 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31333 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31334 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31338 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31339 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31341 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31342 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31344 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31345 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31346 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31347 use `whitespace-mode'.
31349 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31353 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31354 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31355 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31358 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31360 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31362 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31363 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31365 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31366 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31368 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31369 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31373 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31374 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31375 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31378 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31380 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31382 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31383 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31385 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31386 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31388 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31389 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31390 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31391 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31393 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31397 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31400 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31401 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31403 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31404 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31406 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31408 CHAR MEANING
31409 (VIA FACES)
31410 f toggle face visualization
31411 t toggle TAB visualization
31412 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31413 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31414 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31415 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31416 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31417 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31418 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31419 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31420 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31421 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31422 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31423 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31424 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31425 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31426 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31427 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31429 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31430 T toggle TAB visualization
31431 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31432 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31434 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31435 ? display brief help
31437 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31438 The valid symbols are:
31440 face toggle face visualization
31441 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31442 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31443 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31444 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31445 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31446 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31447 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31448 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31449 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31450 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31451 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31452 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31453 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31454 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31455 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31456 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31457 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31459 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31460 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31461 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31463 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31465 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31469 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31470 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31472 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31473 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31475 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31476 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31478 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31480 CHAR MEANING
31481 (VIA FACES)
31482 f toggle face visualization
31483 t toggle TAB visualization
31484 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31485 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31486 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31487 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31488 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31489 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31490 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31491 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31492 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31493 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31494 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31495 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31496 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31497 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31498 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31499 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31501 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31502 T toggle TAB visualization
31503 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31504 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31506 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31507 ? display brief help
31509 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31510 The valid symbols are:
31512 face toggle face visualization
31513 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31514 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31515 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31516 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31517 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31518 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31519 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31520 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31521 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31522 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31523 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31524 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31525 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31526 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31527 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31528 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31529 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31531 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31532 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31533 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31535 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31537 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31541 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31542 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31544 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31545 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31546 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31547 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31548 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31550 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31552 The problems cleaned up are:
31554 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31555 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31556 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31557 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31559 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31560 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31561 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31562 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31563 SPACEs.
31564 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31565 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31566 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31567 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31569 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31570 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31571 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31572 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31573 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31574 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31575 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31576 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31578 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31579 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31580 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31582 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31583 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31584 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31585 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31586 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31587 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31588 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31589 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31591 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31592 documentation.
31594 \(fn)" t nil)
31596 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31597 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31599 The problems cleaned up are:
31601 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31602 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31603 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31604 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31605 SPACEs.
31606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31607 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31609 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31611 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31612 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31613 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31614 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31615 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31616 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31617 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31618 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31620 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31621 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31622 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31624 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31625 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31626 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31627 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31628 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31629 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31631 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31633 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31634 documentation.
31636 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31638 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31639 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31641 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31643 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31645 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31646 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31648 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31649 non-nil.
31651 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31652 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31653 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31655 empty
31656 trailing
31657 indentation
31658 space-before-tab
31659 space-after-tab
31661 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31662 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31663 report problems.
31665 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31667 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31668 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31669 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31670 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31671 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31672 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31673 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31675 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31676 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31677 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31678 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31679 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31680 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31681 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31683 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31684 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31685 cleaning up these problems.
31687 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31689 ;;;***
31691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31692 ;;;;;; 586000))
31693 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31695 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31696 Browse the widget under point.
31698 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31700 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31701 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31703 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31705 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31706 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31708 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31710 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31711 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31713 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31714 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31718 ;;;***
31720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21862 60209 928657
31721 ;;;;;; 362000))
31722 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31724 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31725 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31727 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31729 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31730 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31731 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31733 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31735 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31736 Create widget of TYPE.
31737 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31739 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31741 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31742 Delete WIDGET.
31744 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31746 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31747 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31749 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31751 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31752 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31753 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31754 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31756 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31757 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31759 \(fn)" nil nil)
31761 ;;;***
31763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31764 ;;;;;; 703000))
31765 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31767 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31768 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31769 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31770 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31771 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31772 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31773 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31777 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31778 Select the window above the current one.
31779 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31780 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31781 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31782 negative ARG) of the current window.
31783 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31787 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31788 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31789 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31790 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31791 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31792 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31793 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31797 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31798 Select the window below the current one.
31799 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31800 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31801 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31802 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31803 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31807 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31808 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31809 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31810 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31812 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31814 ;;;***
31816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31817 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31819 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31820 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31821 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31824 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31826 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31828 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31829 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31831 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31832 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31833 \\{winner-mode-map}
31835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31837 ;;;***
31839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21855 577 547944 710000))
31840 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31841 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31843 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31844 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31845 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31846 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31847 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31849 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31851 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31852 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31853 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31854 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31855 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31856 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31857 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31858 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31860 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31861 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31863 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31865 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31866 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31868 \(fn)" t nil)
31870 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31871 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31872 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31873 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31874 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31875 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31876 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31877 `woman' command for further details.
31879 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31881 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31882 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31884 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31886 ;;;***
31888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31889 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31891 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31892 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31893 Return the top node with all its children.
31894 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31896 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31897 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31898 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31900 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31902 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31903 namespace to URIs instead.
31905 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31906 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31908 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31910 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31912 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31914 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31915 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31916 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31917 not contain well-formed XML.
31919 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31920 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31921 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31922 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31923 element of the list.
31924 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31925 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31926 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31928 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31930 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31931 namespace to URIs instead.
31933 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31934 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31936 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31938 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31940 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31942 ;;;***
31944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
31945 ;;;;;; 720000))
31946 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31948 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31949 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31950 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31951 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31952 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31953 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31954 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31955 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31956 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31957 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31959 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31961 ;;;***
31963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21861 5946 771514
31964 ;;;;;; 868000))
31965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31967 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31968 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31970 \(fn)" t nil)
31972 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31973 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31975 \(fn)" nil nil)
31977 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31978 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31979 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31980 prompt for it.
31982 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31984 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31985 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31987 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31989 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31990 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31992 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31994 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31995 Find references to the identifier at point.
31996 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31998 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32000 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32001 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32003 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32005 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32006 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32007 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32009 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32010 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32011 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32012 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32013 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32014 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32016 ;;;***
32018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32019 ;;;;;; 951000))
32020 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32022 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32023 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32024 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32026 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32027 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32029 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32031 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32032 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32035 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32037 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32038 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32039 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32040 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32041 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32042 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32046 ;;;***
32048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32051 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32052 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32054 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32056 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32057 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32059 \(fn)" nil nil)
32061 ;;;***
32063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32064 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32066 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32067 Zone out, completely.
32069 \(fn)" t nil)
32071 ;;;***
32073 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21868 12847 464673 840000))
32281 ;;;***
32283 (provide 'loaddefs)
32284 ;; Local Variables:
32285 ;; version-control: never
32286 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32287 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32288 ;; coding: utf-8
32289 ;; End:
32290 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here